<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Tvk</id>
	<title>FrathWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Tvk"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/Special:Contributions/Tvk"/>
	<updated>2026-04-03T17:39:51Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.39.8</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tsani&amp;diff=44427</id>
		<title>Tsani</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tsani&amp;diff=44427"/>
		<updated>2009-03-24T20:24:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Verbal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is a conlang project that tvk has been working on since May 2007.  It is the daughter of an unnamed proto-language.  The vocabulary is a priori.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is designed to be strongly head-first.  The normal word order is VSO.  Role-marking particles and prepositions make the structure of a sentence clear, and free up word order for such things as passive constructions (which, in effect, simply switch word order to verb-patient-agent.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tvk designed Tsani as a personal language for journaling.  It is designed to reflect his personal aesthetic taste in languages and worldview.  It is also designed to be easy to learn and use, and to be easy to understand even out of context.  Methods of achieving the former criteria were inspired largely by [[Toki Pona]] and some natural creoles; the methods used to achieve the latter criterion were inspired by everything other than Toki Pona.  [[Japanese]] is also a major source of inspiration, and the creator has described his language as Japanese with backward syntax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Internal History==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is derived from an unnamed protolanguage.  The sound changes involved voicing initial glottalized stops, voicing medial non-glottalized stops, and losing the glottalization distinction.  Phonetic glottalization did not persist after phonemic glottalization was lost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani has a sister-language, [[Zãi]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vowels: &amp;lt;a e i o u&amp;gt; /a E i o u/&lt;br /&gt;
*Stops: &amp;amp;lt;p t k d b g ty ky kw&amp;gt; /p t k d b g t_j k_j k_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Nasals: &amp;lt;m n ng ny nw&amp;gt; /m n N n_j n_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Laterals/Flap: &amp;lt;l ly lw&amp;gt; /l l_j l_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Sibilants: &amp;amp;lt;s sh&amp;gt; /s S/&lt;br /&gt;
*Affricates: &amp;lt;ts ks ksh&amp;gt; /ts ks kS/&lt;br /&gt;
*Approximants: &amp;lt;h w y&amp;gt; /h w j/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*/E/ = [e] word-finally or before [4].&lt;br /&gt;
*/t p k d b g/ may be [t_h p_h k_h d_h b_h g_h] word-initially if not part of a cluster.&lt;br /&gt;
*/t_j/ = [tS] before /i/ or in the cluster &amp;lt;chw&amp;gt; = /tSw/&lt;br /&gt;
*/m n N/ = [m= n= N=] between consonants or word-initially if followed by a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
*/l/ = [4] before /u/ or /i/&lt;br /&gt;
*/tl/ = [tK]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For ease of reading by speakers of English and other European languages, the Romanization spells the realization [tS] as &amp;lt;ch&amp;gt; and [4] as &amp;lt;r&amp;gt;, even though these spelling changes are not reflected in the native script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is (C)(C)(s, l)V(n).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The -n coda may assimilate to the point of articulation of the following consonant, if there is one. Otherwise, it remains [n].  If the coda is followed by a vowel within the same word, an apostrophe is inserted between the -n and the vowel to indicate that they belong to separate syllables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the purposes of syllable structure, syllabic nasals may be considered vowels.  The only constraint is that such a syllable cannot have a coda or have a nasal as its onset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legal diphthongs are /ai au ei oi ui/. Of these, only ai is common. The others occur mostly as a result of derivation or in loanwords.  In cases where morphology would result in a sequence of vowels that does not form a diphthong, a glide /w/ or /j/ is inserted between them.  In cases where the first vowel is /a/, /e/, or /i/, the preferred glide is /j/; if the first vowel is /o/ or /u/, the glide is /w/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legal consonant clusters are &amp;lt;tk kt kp tl nt nk np ngk ngt ngp mp mt mk kts ktl chw&amp;gt;. These can all occur initially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ky, ly, y, ts, ks and s cannot occur before i.&lt;br /&gt;
kw, lw, chw and w cannot occur before u.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Stress===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress is on the syllable containing the penultimate mora. CV and V syllables are one mora, CVn syllables and diphthongs are two.  Secondary stress occurs on alternate syllables; if the final syllable has primary stress, the antepenultimate often receives strong secondary stress.  Monosyllabic particles, adpositions, and conjunctions are always unstressed in speech.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani does not have morphemic pitch accent, but the relative pitches of syllables in a word is fairly consistent.  In general, stressed syllables have higher pitch than unstressed syllables.  Words have a generally descending tone contour, but the lowest pitch occurs on the syllable between the primary and secondary stresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word order is [[VSO]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All words that have nominal syntactical function end in -a.  (The converse is not true, however.)  This makes nouns easy to identify.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a noun phrase, the order is head, adjectives, genitive(or relative clause).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A noun cannot usually be modified by a [[genitive]] and a [[relative clause]] simultaneously, as this would cause ambiguity as to whether the relative clause modified the genitive or the head noun.  In some contexts where the speaker&#039;s intention is clear, it is considered acceptable in informal speech, though never in formal speech or writing.  For example,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Ne || niya || tsaru || Amerikai || kiporu || ka || ko || mukowan || nai.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;this&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;person-exist&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;America-GEN&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;that-protect&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;REL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;cow-PL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P-GEN&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|} This is the American man who takes care of my cows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s clear that &amp;quot;takes care of my cows&amp;quot; can only modify &amp;quot;the man&amp;quot;, not &amp;quot;America.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modifiers can precede or follow the verb, or they can be placed at the end of the sentence and separated from it by the particle &#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[direct object]] of a sentence is preceded by the particle &#039;&#039;ko&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[genitive]] is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-i&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The [[plural]] is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The genitive plural is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-ni&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plural is not marked on the noun when the noun is modified by a numeral or &#039;&#039;adogi&#039;&#039;, which means &amp;quot;many, much.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The genitive has a wider range of uses than does the [[possessive]] in [[English]].  In general, its function is to allow a noun to function as an adjective and thus modify another noun.  Whereas the English possessive &#039;&#039;-&#039;s&#039;&#039; can typically only be paraphrased using the preposition &amp;quot;of&amp;quot;, the genitive in Tsani can paraphrase constructions with almost any preposition.  The exact relationship between the head noun and the genitive noun is determined by context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All verb roots end in &#039;&#039;-u&#039;&#039;.  Conjugated verbs do not, since the tense suffixes are derived from adjectives in the proto-language and hence end in &#039;&#039;-i&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani has three verb tenses: Imperfect, Perfect, and Potential. The Imperfect is unmarked; the Perfect is marked with the suffix &#039;&#039;-wani&#039;&#039; and the Potential is marked with the suffix &#039;&#039;-wachi&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The imperfect tense is used for actions which are happening in the present, occur habitually, are generally true, or have not been completed. The perfect tense is used for completed actions or events in the past. The potential is used for actions and events that have not yet occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs are negated by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;. This can be affixed before or after the tense ending, depending on where the speaker wants to put the emphasis.  Contrast:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;marunwani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maru-n-wani&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;go-NEG-PERF&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He didn&#039;t go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;maruwanin&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maru-wani-n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;go-PERF-NEG&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He didn&#039;t go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first example implies that the subject is not likely to complete the action in the future, while the second is &amp;quot;he didn&#039;t go, but still might later.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani makes use of serial verb constructions such as &#039;&#039;&#039;niru maru na&#039;&#039;&#039; for &amp;quot;I want to go&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The imperative is formed by preceding the sentence with &#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;. This is equivalent to &amp;quot;please&amp;quot;. In informal situations, or if the second person is of lower status, the Imperfect may be used. In formal situations, or when talking to superiors, the Potential must be used with imperatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ask for an object, &#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039; can be used before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes/no questions are formed by placing the particle &#039;&#039;mo&#039;&#039; directly after the part of the sentence in question.  The words for &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;lo&#039;&#039;, are used to express the speaker&#039;s agreement or disagreement with the statement in question, similar to &#039;&#039;hai&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;iie&#039;&#039; in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other questions are formed using the noun/adjective/verb triplet &#039;&#039;ma, mi, mu&#039;&#039;. These words act as a &amp;quot;filler&amp;quot; that is to be replaced by the person answering the question.  Word order is not altered for interrogatives.  Compare the following questions and answering statements:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani mo la ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Did you drink my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, sobuwani&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Yes, (I) drank (it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, sobuwanin&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, (I) didn&#039;t drink (it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la mo ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Did &#039;&#039;you&#039;&#039; drink my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, na&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Yes, I (drank it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, nanun&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, (it) wasn&#039;t I.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala nai mo?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Did you drink &#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039; milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, lai&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Yes, yours.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, lain&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, not yours.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani ma ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Who drank my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala lai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank your milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko ma?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala mai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Whose milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala lai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank your milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala mi?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What kind of milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala poni mukowai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank good milk from a cow.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala adogi mi?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;How much milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala adogin.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank a little bit of milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani mi la ko tyala?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;How (in what manner) did you drink the milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani hapi na ko tyala.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank the milk quickly.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Muwani la ko tyala?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What did you do with the milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko sa, la tsa kuki.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank it, you silly person.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pronouns are:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039;&#039; || (1p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;la&#039;&#039;&#039; || (2p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sa&#039;&#039;&#039; || (3p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;owa&#039;&#039;&#039; || (topic)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ka&#039;&#039;&#039; || (relative)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ma&#039;&#039;&#039; || (interrogative)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
These are entirely regular in their inflection. Forms of &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; can be created by compounding the pronouns: &#039;&#039;nala&#039;&#039; for dual &amp;quot;we&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;nasa&#039;&#039; for exclusive, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The common masculine and feminine endings &#039;&#039;ga&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;la&#039;&#039; can also be added to the third-person pronouns: &#039;&#039;saga&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &#039;&#039;sala&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;she&amp;quot;. However, this isn&#039;t normally used, since the Tsan people consider it rude to rely on someone&#039;s gender to make it clear whom you&#039;re talking about.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is pro-drop. Often one or more arguments of the verb are completely inferred. The default is usually 3PS (or 2PS for interrogatives in the perfect tense, or 1P dual for interrogatives in the imperfect) unless context suggests otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topic pronoun is used to refer to a topic which was previously marked with the particle &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;. This particle precedes the noun as well as any preposition or other particle that may be associated with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative pronoun is used inside relative clauses.  The antecedent of this pronoun is always the noun being modified by the relative clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other Constructions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relative Clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative clauses are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;ki-&#039;&#039; to the verb and using the relative pronoun &#039;&#039;ka. &#039;&#039;Word order is not altered within the subclause.  &#039;&#039;Ka&#039;&#039; can be left out of the subclause if the verb is intransitive or the relative pronoun is the agent of the sentence with all other arguments explicit.  The relative clause must also modify the last argument of the independent clause in order for omission of the relative pronoun to be possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is an added complication - in the development from the proto-language to Tsani, medial stops were voiced, but medial glottalized stops were left unvoiced (and un-glottalized).  By contrast, initial glottalized stops were voiced and un-glottalized.  Because of this, prefixes in Tsani (at least ones that were productive during the transition period) cause a switch in voicing on initial stops.  Thus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p b -&amp;gt; b p&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
t d -&amp;gt; d t&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k g -&amp;gt; g k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pemu na wa ne kalada.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;I sit in a tree.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;kalada kibemu na wa ne ka.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the tree that I sit in&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Deguwani la ko latsa.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;You wrote a book.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;latsa kiteguwani la ko ka&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the book that you wrote&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This doesn&#039;t apply to when consonants are in clusters; for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ktuwani kuna ko sa.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The dog bit him.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;kuna kiktuwani ko sa&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The dog that bit him.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maru ne nomuwena i tsaga.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The man goes to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsaga kimaru ne nomuwena i ka&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the man who goes to the market&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsaga kimaru ne nomuwena&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the man who goes to the market&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;nomuwena kimaru tsa ne ka&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the market that the man went to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maruwani ne nomuwena Kename so tsaga.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Kename and the man went to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsaga kimaruwani ne nomuwena Kename so ka.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The man that Kename went to the market with.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani can even do some things that are not possible in English:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sekyanu nai so tsai shi Kename.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Kename is a friend of mine and that person&#039;s.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsa shi kisekyanu nai so kai Kename.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;that person who Kename is a friend of me and&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Passive Voice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In passive constructions, the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (really the semantic agent) is preceded by the particle &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, whereas the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; (semantic patient) is optionally marked with &#039;&#039;ko&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maktaruwani Peteri ko niya.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Peter sent this.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maktaruwani niya i Peteri&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;This was sent by Peter.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Derivational Affixes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb Roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;mtu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;eat&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwa &amp;quot;eating (gerund)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwi &amp;quot;eating (active participle)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtukshi &amp;quot;eaten (passive participle)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtupi &amp;quot;able to be eaten, edible&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwabi “able to eat”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtusoi “liking/wanting to eat, hungry”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwena “place for food”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtusha “eating utensil”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtudu “start to eat”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtoiksa “bone-eater” from mmtu + o + iksa &amp;quot;bone&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*imtu “re-eat, eat again”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun Roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;saba&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;house&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*sabai “of a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabachi “house-like”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabanu “to be a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabaru “there is a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabayu “to make a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabantu “to become a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabaheyu “to give a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabena “place for a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabala “great house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabachwa “little house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabakwa “town”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabakwi “which is the house”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;egoya&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;wood&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*egoyadi “made of wood”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjective roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;kawi&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;big&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiya “big thing”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawinu “to be big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiyu “to make big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawintu “to become big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawika “bigness”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiksa “size”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiri “bigger”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawimi “biggest”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawishi “too big”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Markers==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Topic: o&lt;br /&gt;
*Agent (when normal word order is broken): i&lt;br /&gt;
*Patient: ko&lt;br /&gt;
*Instrument: chi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Chiruwani || tyo || saba || tsa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;watch-PERF&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;house&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;man.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The man watched from the house.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! saba || kichiruwani || tyo || ka || tsa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;house&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;that-watch-PERF&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;REL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;man.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The house that the man watched from.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Tleru || na || ko || yabiya || ele || deguwa || ko || kwaila.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;need&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;yellow-thing&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;for&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;draw&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I need something yellow to draw the sun.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Niru || na || ko || ktana || egoyadi || ele || ktakuwa || shalatsan || nai.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;want&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;spear&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;wood-made_of&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;for&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;kill-GER&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;enemy-PL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P-GEN&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I want a wooden spear to kill my enemies.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Kiyu || mo || la || ko || tyela?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;hear&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;2P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;water&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Do you hear water?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Higu || na || ko || menwa || kshi. || Agoguwachi || keshi || runwachwan.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;have&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;egg&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;hatch-POT&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;maybe&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;duck-DIMIN-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I have three eggs. Maybe ducklings will hatch.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tsani&amp;diff=44426</id>
		<title>Tsani</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tsani&amp;diff=44426"/>
		<updated>2009-03-24T20:11:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Stress */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is a conlang project that tvk has been working on since May 2007.  It is the daughter of an unnamed proto-language.  The vocabulary is a priori.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is designed to be strongly head-first.  The normal word order is VSO.  Role-marking particles and prepositions make the structure of a sentence clear, and free up word order for such things as passive constructions (which, in effect, simply switch word order to verb-patient-agent.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tvk designed Tsani as a personal language for journaling.  It is designed to reflect his personal aesthetic taste in languages and worldview.  It is also designed to be easy to learn and use, and to be easy to understand even out of context.  Methods of achieving the former criteria were inspired largely by [[Toki Pona]] and some natural creoles; the methods used to achieve the latter criterion were inspired by everything other than Toki Pona.  [[Japanese]] is also a major source of inspiration, and the creator has described his language as Japanese with backward syntax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Internal History==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is derived from an unnamed protolanguage.  The sound changes involved voicing initial glottalized stops, voicing medial non-glottalized stops, and losing the glottalization distinction.  Phonetic glottalization did not persist after phonemic glottalization was lost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani has a sister-language, [[Zãi]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vowels: &amp;lt;a e i o u&amp;gt; /a E i o u/&lt;br /&gt;
*Stops: &amp;amp;lt;p t k d b g ty ky kw&amp;gt; /p t k d b g t_j k_j k_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Nasals: &amp;lt;m n ng ny nw&amp;gt; /m n N n_j n_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Laterals/Flap: &amp;lt;l ly lw&amp;gt; /l l_j l_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Sibilants: &amp;amp;lt;s sh&amp;gt; /s S/&lt;br /&gt;
*Affricates: &amp;lt;ts ks ksh&amp;gt; /ts ks kS/&lt;br /&gt;
*Approximants: &amp;lt;h w y&amp;gt; /h w j/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*/E/ = [e] word-finally or before [4].&lt;br /&gt;
*/t p k d b g/ may be [t_h p_h k_h d_h b_h g_h] word-initially if not part of a cluster.&lt;br /&gt;
*/t_j/ = [tS] before /i/ or in the cluster &amp;lt;chw&amp;gt; = /tSw/&lt;br /&gt;
*/m n N/ = [m= n= N=] between consonants or word-initially if followed by a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
*/l/ = [4] before /u/ or /i/&lt;br /&gt;
*/tl/ = [tK]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For ease of reading by speakers of English and other European languages, the Romanization spells the realization [tS] as &amp;lt;ch&amp;gt; and [4] as &amp;lt;r&amp;gt;, even though these spelling changes are not reflected in the native script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is (C)(C)(s, l)V(n).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The -n coda may assimilate to the point of articulation of the following consonant, if there is one. Otherwise, it remains [n].  If the coda is followed by a vowel within the same word, an apostrophe is inserted between the -n and the vowel to indicate that they belong to separate syllables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the purposes of syllable structure, syllabic nasals may be considered vowels.  The only constraint is that such a syllable cannot have a coda or have a nasal as its onset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legal diphthongs are /ai au ei oi ui/. Of these, only ai is common. The others occur mostly as a result of derivation or in loanwords.  In cases where morphology would result in a sequence of vowels that does not form a diphthong, a glide /w/ or /j/ is inserted between them.  In cases where the first vowel is /a/, /e/, or /i/, the preferred glide is /j/; if the first vowel is /o/ or /u/, the glide is /w/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legal consonant clusters are &amp;lt;tk kt kp tl nt nk np ngk ngt ngp mp mt mk kts ktl chw&amp;gt;. These can all occur initially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ky, ly, y, ts, ks and s cannot occur before i.&lt;br /&gt;
kw, lw, chw and w cannot occur before u.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Stress===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress is on the syllable containing the penultimate mora. CV and V syllables are one mora, CVn syllables and diphthongs are two.  Secondary stress occurs on alternate syllables; if the final syllable has primary stress, the antepenultimate often receives strong secondary stress.  Monosyllabic particles, adpositions, and conjunctions are always unstressed in speech.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani does not have morphemic pitch accent, but the relative pitches of syllables in a word is fairly consistent.  In general, stressed syllables have higher pitch than unstressed syllables.  Words have a generally descending tone contour, but the lowest pitch occurs on the syllable between the primary and secondary stresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word order is [[VSO]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All words that have nominal syntactical function end in -a.  (The converse is not true, however.)  This makes nouns easy to identify.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a noun phrase, the order is head, adjectives, genitive(or relative clause).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A noun cannot usually be modified by a [[genitive]] and a [[relative clause]] simultaneously, as this would cause ambiguity as to whether the relative clause modified the genitive or the head noun.  In some contexts where the speaker&#039;s intention is clear, it is considered acceptable in informal speech, though never in formal speech or writing.  For example,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Ne || niya || tsaru || Amerikai || kiporu || ka || ko || mukowan || nai.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;this&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;person-exist&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;America-GEN&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;that-protect&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;REL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;cow-PL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P-GEN&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|} This is the American man who takes care of my cows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s clear that &amp;quot;takes care of my cows&amp;quot; can only modify &amp;quot;the man&amp;quot;, not &amp;quot;America.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modifiers can precede or follow the verb, or they can be placed at the end of the sentence and separated from it by the particle &#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[direct object]] of a sentence is preceded by the particle &#039;&#039;ko&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[genitive]] is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-i&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The [[plural]] is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The genitive plural is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-ni&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plural is not marked on the noun when the noun is modified by a numeral or &#039;&#039;adogi&#039;&#039;, which means &amp;quot;many, much.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The genitive has a wider range of uses than does the [[possessive]] in [[English]].  In general, its function is to allow a noun to function as an adjective and thus modify another noun.  Whereas the English possessive &#039;&#039;-&#039;s&#039;&#039; can typically only be paraphrased using the preposition &amp;quot;of&amp;quot;, the genitive in Tsani can paraphrase constructions with almost any preposition.  The exact relationship between the head noun and the genitive noun is determined by context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All verb roots end in &#039;&#039;-u&#039;&#039;.  Conjugated verbs do not, since the tense suffixes are derived from adjectives in the proto-language and hence end in &#039;&#039;-i&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani has three verb tenses: Imperfect, Perfect, and Potential. The Imperfect is unmarked; the Perfect is marked with the suffix &#039;&#039;-wani&#039;&#039; and the Potential is marked with the suffix &#039;&#039;-wachi&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The imperfect tense is used for actions which are happening in the present, occur habitually, are generally true, or have not been completed. The perfect tense is used for completed actions or events in the past. The potential is used for actions and events that have not yet occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs are negated by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;. This can be affixed before or after the tense ending, depending on where the speaker wants to put the emphasis.  Contrast:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;marunwani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maru-n-wani&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;go-NEG-PERF&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He didn&#039;t go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;maruwanin&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maru-wani-n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;go-PERF-NEG&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He didn&#039;t go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first example implies that the subject is not likely to complete the action in the future, while the second is &amp;quot;he didn&#039;t go, but still might later.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani makes use of serial verb constructions such as niru maru na for &amp;quot;I want to go&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The imperative is formed by preceding the sentence with &#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;. This is equivalent to &amp;quot;please&amp;quot;. In informal situations, or if the second person is of lower status, the Imperfect may be used. In formal situations, or when talking to superiors, the Potential must be used with imperatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ask for an object, &#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039; can be used before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes/no questions are formed by placing the particle &#039;&#039;mo&#039;&#039; directly after the part of the sentence in question.  The words for &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;lo&#039;&#039;, are used to express the speaker&#039;s agreement or disagreement with the statement in question, similar to &#039;&#039;hai&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;iie&#039;&#039; in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other questions are formed using the noun/adjective/verb triplet &#039;&#039;ma, mi, mu&#039;&#039;. These words act as a &amp;quot;filler&amp;quot; that is to be replaced by the person answering the question.  Word order is not altered for interrogatives.  Compare the following questions and answering statements:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani mo la ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Did you drink my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, sobuwani&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Yes, (I) drank (it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, sobuwanin&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, (I) didn&#039;t drink (it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la mo ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Did &#039;&#039;you&#039;&#039; drink my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, na&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Yes, I (drank it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, nanun&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, (it) wasn&#039;t I.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala nai mo?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Did you drink &#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039; milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, lai&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Yes, yours.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, lain&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, not yours.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani ma ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Who drank my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala lai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank your milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko ma?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala mai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Whose milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala lai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank your milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala mi?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What kind of milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala poni mukowai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank good milk from a cow.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala adogi mi?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;How much milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala adogin.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank a little bit of milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani mi la ko tyala?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;How (in what manner) did you drink the milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani hapi na ko tyala.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank the milk quickly.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Muwani la ko tyala?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What did you do with the milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko sa, la tsa kuki.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank it, you silly person.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pronouns are:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039;&#039; || (1p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;la&#039;&#039;&#039; || (2p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sa&#039;&#039;&#039; || (3p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;owa&#039;&#039;&#039; || (topic)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ka&#039;&#039;&#039; || (relative)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ma&#039;&#039;&#039; || (interrogative)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
These are entirely regular in their inflection. Forms of &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; can be created by compounding the pronouns: &#039;&#039;nala&#039;&#039; for dual &amp;quot;we&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;nasa&#039;&#039; for exclusive, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The common masculine and feminine endings &#039;&#039;ga&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;la&#039;&#039; can also be added to the third-person pronouns: &#039;&#039;saga&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &#039;&#039;sala&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;she&amp;quot;. However, this isn&#039;t normally used, since the Tsan people consider it rude to rely on someone&#039;s gender to make it clear whom you&#039;re talking about.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is pro-drop. Often one or more arguments of the verb are completely inferred. The default is usually 3PS (or 2PS for interrogatives in the perfect tense, or 1P dual for interrogatives in the imperfect) unless context suggests otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topic pronoun is used to refer to a topic which was previously marked with the particle &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;. This particle precedes the noun as well as any preposition or other particle that may be associated with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative pronoun is used inside relative clauses.  The antecedent of this pronoun is always the noun being modified by the relative clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other Constructions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relative Clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative clauses are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;ki-&#039;&#039; to the verb and using the relative pronoun &#039;&#039;ka. &#039;&#039;Word order is not altered within the subclause.  &#039;&#039;Ka&#039;&#039; can be left out of the subclause if the verb is intransitive or the relative pronoun is the agent of the sentence with all other arguments explicit.  The relative clause must also modify the last argument of the independent clause in order for omission of the relative pronoun to be possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is an added complication - in the development from the proto-language to Tsani, medial stops were voiced, but medial glottalized stops were left unvoiced (and un-glottalized).  By contrast, initial glottalized stops were voiced and un-glottalized.  Because of this, prefixes in Tsani (at least ones that were productive during the transition period) cause a switch in voicing on initial stops.  Thus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p b -&amp;gt; b p&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
t d -&amp;gt; d t&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k g -&amp;gt; g k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pemu na wa ne kalada.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;I sit in a tree.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;kalada kibemu na wa ne ka.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the tree that I sit in&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Deguwani la ko latsa.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;You wrote a book.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;latsa kiteguwani la ko ka&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the book that you wrote&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This doesn&#039;t apply to when consonants are in clusters; for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ktuwani kuna ko sa.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The dog bit him.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;kuna kiktuwani ko sa&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The dog that bit him.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maru ne nomuwena i tsaga.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The man goes to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsaga kimaru ne nomuwena i ka&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the man who goes to the market&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsaga kimaru ne nomuwena&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the man who goes to the market&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;nomuwena kimaru tsa ne ka&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the market that the man went to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maruwani ne nomuwena Kename so tsaga.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Kename and the man went to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsaga kimaruwani ne nomuwena Kename so ka.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The man that Kename went to the market with.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani can even do some things that are not possible in English:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sekyanu nai so tsai shi Kename.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Kename is a friend of mine and that person&#039;s.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsa shi kisekyanu nai so kai Kename.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;that person who Kename is a friend of me and&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Passive Voice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In passive constructions, the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (really the semantic agent) is preceded by the particle &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, whereas the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; (semantic patient) is optionally marked with &#039;&#039;ko&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maktaruwani Peteri ko niya.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Peter sent this.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maktaruwani niya i Peteri&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;This was sent by Peter.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Derivational Affixes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb Roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;mtu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;eat&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwa &amp;quot;eating (gerund)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwi &amp;quot;eating (active participle)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtukshi &amp;quot;eaten (passive participle)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtupi &amp;quot;able to be eaten, edible&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwabi “able to eat”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtusoi “liking/wanting to eat, hungry”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwena “place for food”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtusha “eating utensil”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtudu “start to eat”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtoiksa “bone-eater” from mmtu + o + iksa &amp;quot;bone&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*imtu “re-eat, eat again”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun Roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;saba&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;house&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*sabai “of a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabachi “house-like”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabanu “to be a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabaru “there is a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabayu “to make a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabantu “to become a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabaheyu “to give a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabena “place for a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabala “great house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabachwa “little house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabakwa “town”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabakwi “which is the house”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;egoya&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;wood&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*egoyadi “made of wood”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjective roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;kawi&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;big&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiya “big thing”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawinu “to be big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiyu “to make big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawintu “to become big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawika “bigness”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiksa “size”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiri “bigger”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawimi “biggest”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawishi “too big”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Markers==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Topic: o&lt;br /&gt;
*Agent (when normal word order is broken): i&lt;br /&gt;
*Patient: ko&lt;br /&gt;
*Instrument: chi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Chiruwani || tyo || saba || tsa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;watch-PERF&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;house&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;man.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The man watched from the house.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! saba || kichiruwani || tyo || ka || tsa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;house&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;that-watch-PERF&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;REL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;man.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The house that the man watched from.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Tleru || na || ko || yabiya || ele || deguwa || ko || kwaila.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;need&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;yellow-thing&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;for&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;draw&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I need something yellow to draw the sun.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Niru || na || ko || ktana || egoyadi || ele || ktakuwa || shalatsan || nai.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;want&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;spear&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;wood-made_of&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;for&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;kill-GER&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;enemy-PL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P-GEN&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I want a wooden spear to kill my enemies.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Kiyu || mo || la || ko || tyela?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;hear&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;2P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;water&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Do you hear water?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Higu || na || ko || menwa || kshi. || Agoguwachi || keshi || runwachwan.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;have&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;egg&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;hatch-POT&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;maybe&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;duck-DIMIN-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I have three eggs. Maybe ducklings will hatch.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37570</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37570"/>
		<updated>2008-09-11T22:37:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Example Sentences */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The look, feel, and sound of the language were inspired ultimately by [[Turkish]], with significant influence from [[Nahuatl]] and [[Klingon]].  tvk was inspired to make a &#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039; language after watching the Turkish film &#039;&#039;[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkish_Star_Wars Dünyayı Kurtaran Adam]&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_0/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_0/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*benefactive -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
*inessive -sj&lt;br /&gt;
*allative -m&lt;br /&gt;
*ablative -gh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Use of the Passive Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passive case is used for nouns representing things that are an active force in creating the action described by the verb, but do not act under their own volition.  For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezjedjax &#039;euzjeutraza&#039;atlh&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Arrows have hit him&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezedj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;arrows&amp;quot; is in the passive case.  The passive is also used with intransitives, as in &#039;&#039;tegšerex &#039;ezjegheuzi&#039;utj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The rug slipped&amp;quot;.  As a general rule, use the passive case whenever the subject of a sentence is inanimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Possessive affixes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the noun-modifying forms, there are pronominal affixes that allow the expression of possession by first, second, or third persons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person singular -ni-&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person plural -nsi-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person singular -ri-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person plural -lsi&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 1 -tlhi-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 2 -sji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 3 -bli-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 4 -hi-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 5 -tji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 6 -gzji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 7 -di-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 8 -gi-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These endings are applied to the noun root first; then the possessive/genitive endings are applied.  Infixes are applied before the pronominal ending.  The ending -au replaces the final vowel of the pronominal affix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenis &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenin &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenidj &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of me)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenani &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I have it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušinau &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (I call her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušizini &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (she gave birjith to me)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnigenisj &amp;quot;my arm&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigeris &amp;quot;your picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenari &amp;quot;your picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigelsis &amp;quot;your (pl) picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenalsi &amp;quot;your (pl) picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigetlhis &amp;quot;his picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigesjis &amp;quot;her picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigeblis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigehis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigetjis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigegzjis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigedis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigegis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Words in possessive phrases can of course be plural, for example ite&#039;egnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arms&amp;quot;, izju&#039;umigetlhidj &amp;quot;his picture&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Habitual &#039;aa- indicates that the statement is generally true.&lt;br /&gt;
*Iterative &#039;an(a)- indicates that the action is performed repeatedly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Evidentiality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-i- The event or state is common knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
*-a- The speaker knows about the event from another, identifiable source&lt;br /&gt;
*-aa- The speaker directly experienced this event&lt;br /&gt;
*-au- The speaker heard about the event from another source but cannot verify its validity (IIRC in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-u- The truth of the event is subject to opinion (IMO in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-e- The speaker merely hypothesizes that the event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for person and attitude&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predicates are inflected for the plurality, and person or gender, of two arguments.  Exactly which two is somewhat complicated.  The following rules apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent of an intransitive verb takes the first agreement slot.  In the sentence &amp;quot;he runs&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to run&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent and patient of a transitive verb take the first and second slots, respectively.  In the sentence &amp;quot;I eat it&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to eat&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb&#039;s subject is in the passive case, and there is no agent or patient, the first slot takes the -&#039;- unspecified agreement affix and the second agrees with the noun in passive case.  In the sentence &amp;quot;The rocks rolled down the hill&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to roll&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;rocks&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb has a patient specified but no agent or passive argument, the first slot takes -&#039;- and the second slot agrees with the patient.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent and a passive argument, but no patient, the agent takes the first agreement slot and the passive the second.  In &amp;quot;He shot the arrow&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to shoot&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is a passive argument and a patient, but no agent, the passive takes the first agreement slot and the patient takes the second.  In &amp;quot;The arrow hit him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent, a patient, and a passive argument, the verb agrees with the agent and patient only, in that order.  In &amp;quot;She gives it to him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;she&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;, but not &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verbs never agree with any arguments that are not in one of the cases above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The personal affixes are as follows.  When two affixes are listed, the first one is used word-medially, the second is used word-finally.&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person singular -n-&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person plural -ns-, -nsi&#039; (the final variant is often shortened to -ns in speech, but is pronounced as -nz)&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person singular -r-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person plural -ls-, -lsi&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 1 -tlh-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 2 -š-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 3 -m-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 4 -h-, -x&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 5 -tj-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 6 -gzj&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 7 -d&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 8 -gh&lt;br /&gt;
*No agreement -&#039;-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Attitudinal Affixes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An attitudinal affix is inserted between the agreement affixes to express the speaker&#039;s opinion of the situation.  They are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
*Neutral -a-&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncertain -e-&lt;br /&gt;
*Satisfaction -i-&lt;br /&gt;
*Joy -ii-&lt;br /&gt;
*Horror, Disgust, Anger -eu-&lt;br /&gt;
*Disappointment -u-&lt;br /&gt;
*Sorrow -uu-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special affix &#039;&#039;-eke-&#039;&#039; prompts the listener to respond with his opinion on the situation.  It can be combined with other attitudinals by inserting it after the other affix, using a glottal stop to separate them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Xakjebaugžebitlhansi&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-nsi&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1P&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Meuřaušinau kjeutřubaašunsi&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
meuřauš-i-n(i)-au-0 kjeutřu-b-aa-š-u-nsi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;mother-CLS2-1PS-GEN-ABS wake-up-NARR-EXP-AGT3.2-ANNOY-PAT1P&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;My mother woke us up.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu&#039;iteegšerezutju&#039; sjanuhez&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;eu-i-teegšer-e-z-u-tj-u-&#039; sja-nuhe-z&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;VERB-PL-rugs-CLS5-PRES-OPIN-AGT3.5-ANNOY-NO.AGR EXCESS-many-ADVERB&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In my opinion, there are too many rugs&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37567</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37567"/>
		<updated>2008-09-11T21:40:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Example Sentences */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The look, feel, and sound of the language were inspired ultimately by [[Turkish]], with significant influence from [[Nahuatl]] and [[Klingon]].  tvk was inspired to make a &#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039; language after watching the Turkish film &#039;&#039;[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkish_Star_Wars Dünyayı Kurtaran Adam]&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_0/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_0/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*benefactive -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
*inessive -sj&lt;br /&gt;
*allative -m&lt;br /&gt;
*ablative -gh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Use of the Passive Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passive case is used for nouns representing things that are an active force in creating the action described by the verb, but do not act under their own volition.  For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezjedjax &#039;euzjeutraza&#039;atlh&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Arrows have hit him&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezedj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;arrows&amp;quot; is in the passive case.  The passive is also used with intransitives, as in &#039;&#039;tegšerex &#039;ezjegheuzi&#039;utj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The rug slipped&amp;quot;.  As a general rule, use the passive case whenever the subject of a sentence is inanimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Possessive affixes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the noun-modifying forms, there are pronominal affixes that allow the expression of possession by first, second, or third persons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person singular -ni-&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person plural -nsi-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person singular -ri-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person plural -lsi&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 1 -tlhi-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 2 -sji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 3 -bli-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 4 -hi-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 5 -tji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 6 -gzji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 7 -di-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 8 -gi-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These endings are applied to the noun root first; then the possessive/genitive endings are applied.  Infixes are applied before the pronominal ending.  The ending -au replaces the final vowel of the pronominal affix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenis &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenin &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenidj &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of me)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenani &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I have it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušinau &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (I call her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušizini &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (she gave birjith to me)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnigenisj &amp;quot;my arm&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigeris &amp;quot;your picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenari &amp;quot;your picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigelsis &amp;quot;your (pl) picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenalsi &amp;quot;your (pl) picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigetlhis &amp;quot;his picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigesjis &amp;quot;her picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigeblis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigehis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigetjis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigegzjis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigedis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigegis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Words in possessive phrases can of course be plural, for example ite&#039;egnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arms&amp;quot;, izju&#039;umigetlhidj &amp;quot;his picture&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Habitual &#039;aa- indicates that the statement is generally true.&lt;br /&gt;
*Iterative &#039;an(a)- indicates that the action is performed repeatedly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Evidentiality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-i- The event or state is common knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
*-a- The speaker knows about the event from another, identifiable source&lt;br /&gt;
*-aa- The speaker directly experienced this event&lt;br /&gt;
*-au- The speaker heard about the event from another source but cannot verify its validity (IIRC in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-u- The truth of the event is subject to opinion (IMO in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-e- The speaker merely hypothesizes that the event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for person and attitude&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predicates are inflected for the plurality, and person or gender, of two arguments.  Exactly which two is somewhat complicated.  The following rules apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent of an intransitive verb takes the first agreement slot.  In the sentence &amp;quot;he runs&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to run&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent and patient of a transitive verb take the first and second slots, respectively.  In the sentence &amp;quot;I eat it&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to eat&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb&#039;s subject is in the passive case, and there is no agent or patient, the first slot takes the -&#039;- unspecified agreement affix and the second agrees with the noun in passive case.  In the sentence &amp;quot;The rocks rolled down the hill&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to roll&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;rocks&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb has a patient specified but no agent or passive argument, the first slot takes -&#039;- and the second slot agrees with the patient.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent and a passive argument, but no patient, the agent takes the first agreement slot and the passive the second.  In &amp;quot;He shot the arrow&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to shoot&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is a passive argument and a patient, but no agent, the passive takes the first agreement slot and the patient takes the second.  In &amp;quot;The arrow hit him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent, a patient, and a passive argument, the verb agrees with the agent and patient only, in that order.  In &amp;quot;She gives it to him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;she&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;, but not &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verbs never agree with any arguments that are not in one of the cases above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The personal affixes are as follows.  When two affixes are listed, the first one is used word-medially, the second is used word-finally.&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person singular -n-&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person plural -ns-, -nsi&#039; (the final variant is often shortened to -ns in speech, but is pronounced as -nz)&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person singular -r-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person plural -ls-, -lsi&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 1 -tlh-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 2 -š-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 3 -m-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 4 -h-, -x&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 5 -tj-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 6 -gzj&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 7 -d&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 8 -gh&lt;br /&gt;
*No agreement -&#039;-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Attitudinal Affixes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An attitudinal affix is inserted between the agreement affixes to express the speaker&#039;s opinion of the situation.  They are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
*Neutral -a-&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncertain -e-&lt;br /&gt;
*Satisfaction -i-&lt;br /&gt;
*Joy -ii-&lt;br /&gt;
*Horror, Disgust, Anger -eu-&lt;br /&gt;
*Disappointment -u-&lt;br /&gt;
*Sorrow -uu-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special affix &#039;&#039;-eke-&#039;&#039; prompts the listener to respond with his opinion on the situation.  It can be combined with other attitudinals by inserting it after the other affix, using a glottal stop to separate them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhansi&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-nsi&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1P&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Meuřaušinau kjeutřubaašunsi&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;mother-CLS2-1PS-GEN-ABS wake-up-NARR-EXP-AGT3.2-ANNOY-PAT1P&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;My mother woke us up.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37527</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37527"/>
		<updated>2008-09-11T16:49:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Verbal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The look, feel, and sound of the language were inspired ultimately by [[Turkish]], with significant influence from [[Nahuatl]] and [[Klingon]].  tvk was inspired to make a &#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039; language after watching the Turkish film &#039;&#039;[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkish_Star_Wars Dünyayı Kurtaran Adam]&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_0/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_0/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*benefactive -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
*inessive -sj&lt;br /&gt;
*allative -m&lt;br /&gt;
*ablative -gh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Use of the Passive Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passive case is used for nouns representing things that are an active force in creating the action described by the verb, but do not act under their own volition.  For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezjedjax &#039;euzjeutraza&#039;atlh&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Arrows have hit him&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezedj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;arrows&amp;quot; is in the passive case.  The passive is also used with intransitives, as in &#039;&#039;tegšerex &#039;ezjegheuzi&#039;utj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The rug slipped&amp;quot;.  As a general rule, use the passive case whenever the subject of a sentence is inanimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Possessive affixes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the noun-modifying forms, there are pronominal affixes that allow the expression of possession by first, second, or third persons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person singular -ni-&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person plural -nsi-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person singular -ri-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person plural -lsi&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 1 -tlhi-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 2 -sji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 3 -bli-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 4 -hi-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 5 -tji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 6 -gzji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 7 -di-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 8 -gi-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These endings are applied to the noun root first; then the possessive/genitive endings are applied.  Infixes are applied before the pronominal ending.  The ending -au replaces the final vowel of the pronominal affix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenis &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenin &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenidj &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of me)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenani &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I have it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušinau &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (I call her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušizini &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (she gave birjith to me)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnigenisj &amp;quot;my arm&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigeris &amp;quot;your picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenari &amp;quot;your picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigelsis &amp;quot;your (pl) picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenalsi &amp;quot;your (pl) picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigetlhis &amp;quot;his picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigesjis &amp;quot;her picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigeblis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigehis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigetjis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigegzjis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigedis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigegis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Words in possessive phrases can of course be plural, for example ite&#039;egnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arms&amp;quot;, izju&#039;umigetlhidj &amp;quot;his picture&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Habitual &#039;aa- indicates that the statement is generally true.&lt;br /&gt;
*Iterative &#039;an(a)- indicates that the action is performed repeatedly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Evidentiality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-i- The event or state is common knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
*-a- The speaker knows about the event from another, identifiable source&lt;br /&gt;
*-aa- The speaker directly experienced this event&lt;br /&gt;
*-au- The speaker heard about the event from another source but cannot verify its validity (IIRC in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-u- The truth of the event is subject to opinion (IMO in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-e- The speaker merely hypothesizes that the event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for person and attitude&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predicates are inflected for the plurality, and person or gender, of two arguments.  Exactly which two is somewhat complicated.  The following rules apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent of an intransitive verb takes the first agreement slot.  In the sentence &amp;quot;he runs&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to run&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent and patient of a transitive verb take the first and second slots, respectively.  In the sentence &amp;quot;I eat it&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to eat&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb&#039;s subject is in the passive case, and there is no agent or patient, the first slot takes the -&#039;- unspecified agreement affix and the second agrees with the noun in passive case.  In the sentence &amp;quot;The rocks rolled down the hill&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to roll&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;rocks&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb has a patient specified but no agent or passive argument, the first slot takes -&#039;- and the second slot agrees with the patient.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent and a passive argument, but no patient, the agent takes the first agreement slot and the passive the second.  In &amp;quot;He shot the arrow&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to shoot&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is a passive argument and a patient, but no agent, the passive takes the first agreement slot and the patient takes the second.  In &amp;quot;The arrow hit him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent, a patient, and a passive argument, the verb agrees with the agent and patient only, in that order.  In &amp;quot;She gives it to him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;she&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;, but not &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verbs never agree with any arguments that are not in one of the cases above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The personal affixes are as follows.  When two affixes are listed, the first one is used word-medially, the second is used word-finally.&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person singular -n-&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person plural -ns-, -nsi&#039; (the final variant is often shortened to -ns in speech, but is pronounced as -nz)&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person singular -r-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person plural -ls-, -lsi&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 1 -tlh-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 2 -š-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 3 -m-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 4 -h-, -x&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 5 -tj-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 6 -gzj&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 7 -d&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 8 -gh&lt;br /&gt;
*No agreement -&#039;-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Attitudinal Affixes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An attitudinal affix is inserted between the agreement affixes to express the speaker&#039;s opinion of the situation.  They are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
*Neutral -a-&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncertain -e-&lt;br /&gt;
*Satisfaction -i-&lt;br /&gt;
*Joy -ii-&lt;br /&gt;
*Horror, Disgust, Anger -eu-&lt;br /&gt;
*Disappointment -u-&lt;br /&gt;
*Sorrow -uu-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special affix &#039;&#039;-eke-&#039;&#039; prompts the listener to respond with his opinion on the situation.  It can be combined with other attitudinals by inserting it after the other affix, using a glottal stop to separate them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhansi&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-nsi&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1P&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37526</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37526"/>
		<updated>2008-09-11T16:37:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Allophony */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The look, feel, and sound of the language were inspired ultimately by [[Turkish]], with significant influence from [[Nahuatl]] and [[Klingon]].  tvk was inspired to make a &#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039; language after watching the Turkish film &#039;&#039;[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkish_Star_Wars Dünyayı Kurtaran Adam]&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_0/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_0/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*benefactive -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
*inessive -sj&lt;br /&gt;
*allative -m&lt;br /&gt;
*ablative -gh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Use of the Passive Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passive case is used for nouns representing things that are an active force in creating the action described by the verb, but do not act under their own volition.  For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezjedjax &#039;euzjeutraza&#039;atlh&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Arrows have hit him&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezedj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;arrows&amp;quot; is in the passive case.  The passive is also used with intransitives, as in &#039;&#039;tegšerex &#039;ezjegheuzi&#039;utj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The rug slipped&amp;quot;.  As a general rule, use the passive case whenever the subject of a sentence is inanimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Possessive affixes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the noun-modifying forms, there are pronominal affixes that allow the expression of possession by first, second, or third persons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person singular -ni-&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person plural -nsi-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person singular -ri-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person plural -lsi&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 1 -tlhi-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 2 -sji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 3 -bli-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 4 -hi-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 5 -tji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 6 -gzji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 7 -di-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 8 -gi-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These endings are applied to the noun root first; then the possessive/genitive endings are applied.  Infixes are applied before the pronominal ending.  The ending -au replaces the final vowel of the pronominal affix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenis &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenin &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenidj &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of me)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenani &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I have it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušinau &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (I call her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušizini &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (she gave birjith to me)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnigenisj &amp;quot;my arm&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigeris &amp;quot;your picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenari &amp;quot;your picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigelsis &amp;quot;your (pl) picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenalsi &amp;quot;your (pl) picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigetlhis &amp;quot;his picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigesjis &amp;quot;her picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigeblis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigehis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigetjis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigegzjis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigedis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigegis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Words in possessive phrases can of course be plural, for example ite&#039;egnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arms&amp;quot;, izju&#039;umigetlhidj &amp;quot;his picture&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Habitual &#039;aa- indicates that the statement is generally true.&lt;br /&gt;
*Iterative &#039;an(a)- indicates that the action is performed repeatedly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Evidentiality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-i- The event or state is common knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
*-a- The speaker knows about the event from another, identifiable source&lt;br /&gt;
*-aa- The speaker directly experienced this event&lt;br /&gt;
*-au- The speaker heard about the event from another source but cannot verify its validity (IIRC in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-u- The truth of the event is subject to opinion (IMO in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-e- The speaker merely hypothesizes that the event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for person and attitude&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predicates are inflected for the plurality, and person or gender, of two arguments.  Exactly which two is somewhat complicated.  The following rules apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent of an intransitive verb takes the first agreement slot.  In the sentence &amp;quot;he runs&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to run&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent and patient of a transitive verb take the first and second slots, respectively.  In the sentence &amp;quot;I eat it&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to eat&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb&#039;s subject is in the passive case, and there is no agent or patient, the first slot takes the -&#039;- unspecified agreement affix and the second agrees with the noun in passive case.  In the sentence &amp;quot;The rocks rolled down the hill&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to roll&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;rocks&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb has a patient specified but no agent or passive argument, the first slot takes -&#039;- and the second slot agrees with the patient.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent and a passive argument, but no patient, the agent takes the first agreement slot and the passive the second.  In &amp;quot;He shot the arrow&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to shoot&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is a passive argument and a patient, but no agent, the passive takes the first agreement slot and the patient takes the second.  In &amp;quot;The arrow hit him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent, a patient, and a passive argument, the verb agrees with the agent and patient only, in that order.  In &amp;quot;She gives it to him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;she&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;, but not &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verbs never agree with any arguments that are not in one of the cases above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhansi&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-nsi&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1P&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37525</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37525"/>
		<updated>2008-09-11T16:33:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Phoneme Inventory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The look, feel, and sound of the language were inspired ultimately by [[Turkish]], with significant influence from [[Nahuatl]] and [[Klingon]].  tvk was inspired to make a &#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039; language after watching the Turkish film &#039;&#039;[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkish_Star_Wars Dünyayı Kurtaran Adam]&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_0/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /r`/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*benefactive -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
*inessive -sj&lt;br /&gt;
*allative -m&lt;br /&gt;
*ablative -gh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Use of the Passive Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passive case is used for nouns representing things that are an active force in creating the action described by the verb, but do not act under their own volition.  For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezjedjax &#039;euzjeutraza&#039;atlh&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Arrows have hit him&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezedj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;arrows&amp;quot; is in the passive case.  The passive is also used with intransitives, as in &#039;&#039;tegšerex &#039;ezjegheuzi&#039;utj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The rug slipped&amp;quot;.  As a general rule, use the passive case whenever the subject of a sentence is inanimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Possessive affixes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the noun-modifying forms, there are pronominal affixes that allow the expression of possession by first, second, or third persons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person singular -ni-&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person plural -nsi-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person singular -ri-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person plural -lsi&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 1 -tlhi-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 2 -sji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 3 -bli-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 4 -hi-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 5 -tji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 6 -gzji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 7 -di-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 8 -gi-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These endings are applied to the noun root first; then the possessive/genitive endings are applied.  Infixes are applied before the pronominal ending.  The ending -au replaces the final vowel of the pronominal affix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenis &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenin &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenidj &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of me)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenani &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I have it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušinau &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (I call her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušizini &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (she gave birjith to me)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnigenisj &amp;quot;my arm&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigeris &amp;quot;your picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenari &amp;quot;your picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigelsis &amp;quot;your (pl) picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenalsi &amp;quot;your (pl) picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigetlhis &amp;quot;his picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigesjis &amp;quot;her picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigeblis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigehis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigetjis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigegzjis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigedis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigegis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Words in possessive phrases can of course be plural, for example ite&#039;egnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arms&amp;quot;, izju&#039;umigetlhidj &amp;quot;his picture&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Habitual &#039;aa- indicates that the statement is generally true.&lt;br /&gt;
*Iterative &#039;an(a)- indicates that the action is performed repeatedly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Evidentiality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-i- The event or state is common knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
*-a- The speaker knows about the event from another, identifiable source&lt;br /&gt;
*-aa- The speaker directly experienced this event&lt;br /&gt;
*-au- The speaker heard about the event from another source but cannot verify its validity (IIRC in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-u- The truth of the event is subject to opinion (IMO in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-e- The speaker merely hypothesizes that the event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for person and attitude&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predicates are inflected for the plurality, and person or gender, of two arguments.  Exactly which two is somewhat complicated.  The following rules apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent of an intransitive verb takes the first agreement slot.  In the sentence &amp;quot;he runs&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to run&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent and patient of a transitive verb take the first and second slots, respectively.  In the sentence &amp;quot;I eat it&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to eat&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb&#039;s subject is in the passive case, and there is no agent or patient, the first slot takes the -&#039;- unspecified agreement affix and the second agrees with the noun in passive case.  In the sentence &amp;quot;The rocks rolled down the hill&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to roll&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;rocks&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb has a patient specified but no agent or passive argument, the first slot takes -&#039;- and the second slot agrees with the patient.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent and a passive argument, but no patient, the agent takes the first agreement slot and the passive the second.  In &amp;quot;He shot the arrow&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to shoot&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is a passive argument and a patient, but no agent, the passive takes the first agreement slot and the patient takes the second.  In &amp;quot;The arrow hit him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent, a patient, and a passive argument, the verb agrees with the agent and patient only, in that order.  In &amp;quot;She gives it to him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;she&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;, but not &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verbs never agree with any arguments that are not in one of the cases above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhansi&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-nsi&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1P&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37505</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37505"/>
		<updated>2008-09-11T07:24:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The look, feel, and sound of the language were inspired ultimately by [[Turkish]], with significant influence from [[Nahuatl]] and [[Klingon]].  tvk was inspired to make a &#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039; language after watching the Turkish film &#039;&#039;[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkish_Star_Wars Dünyayı Kurtaran Adam]&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 r`/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /r`/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*benefactive -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
*inessive -sj&lt;br /&gt;
*allative -m&lt;br /&gt;
*ablative -gh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Use of the Passive Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passive case is used for nouns representing things that are an active force in creating the action described by the verb, but do not act under their own volition.  For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezjedjax &#039;euzjeutraza&#039;atlh&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Arrows have hit him&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezedj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;arrows&amp;quot; is in the passive case.  The passive is also used with intransitives, as in &#039;&#039;tegšerex &#039;ezjegheuzi&#039;utj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The rug slipped&amp;quot;.  As a general rule, use the passive case whenever the subject of a sentence is inanimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Possessive affixes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the noun-modifying forms, there are pronominal affixes that allow the expression of possession by first, second, or third persons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person singular -ni-&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person plural -nsi-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person singular -ri-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person plural -lsi&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 1 -tlhi-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 2 -sji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 3 -bli-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 4 -hi-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 5 -tji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 6 -gzji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 7 -di-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 8 -gi-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These endings are applied to the noun root first; then the possessive/genitive endings are applied.  Infixes are applied before the pronominal ending.  The ending -au replaces the final vowel of the pronominal affix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenis &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenin &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenidj &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of me)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenani &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I have it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušinau &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (I call her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušizini &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (she gave birjith to me)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnigenisj &amp;quot;my arm&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigeris &amp;quot;your picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenari &amp;quot;your picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigelsis &amp;quot;your (pl) picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenalsi &amp;quot;your (pl) picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigetlhis &amp;quot;his picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigesjis &amp;quot;her picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigeblis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigehis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigetjis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigegzjis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigedis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigegis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Words in possessive phrases can of course be plural, for example ite&#039;egnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arms&amp;quot;, izju&#039;umigetlhidj &amp;quot;his picture&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Habitual &#039;aa- indicates that the statement is generally true.&lt;br /&gt;
*Iterative &#039;an(a)- indicates that the action is performed repeatedly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Evidentiality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-i- The event or state is common knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
*-a- The speaker knows about the event from another, identifiable source&lt;br /&gt;
*-aa- The speaker directly experienced this event&lt;br /&gt;
*-au- The speaker heard about the event from another source but cannot verify its validity (IIRC in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-u- The truth of the event is subject to opinion (IMO in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-e- The speaker merely hypothesizes that the event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for person and attitude&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predicates are inflected for the plurality, and person or gender, of two arguments.  Exactly which two is somewhat complicated.  The following rules apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent of an intransitive verb takes the first agreement slot.  In the sentence &amp;quot;he runs&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to run&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent and patient of a transitive verb take the first and second slots, respectively.  In the sentence &amp;quot;I eat it&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to eat&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb&#039;s subject is in the passive case, and there is no agent or patient, the first slot takes the -&#039;- unspecified agreement affix and the second agrees with the noun in passive case.  In the sentence &amp;quot;The rocks rolled down the hill&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to roll&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;rocks&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb has a patient specified but no agent or passive argument, the first slot takes -&#039;- and the second slot agrees with the patient.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent and a passive argument, but no patient, the agent takes the first agreement slot and the passive the second.  In &amp;quot;He shot the arrow&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to shoot&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is a passive argument and a patient, but no agent, the passive takes the first agreement slot and the patient takes the second.  In &amp;quot;The arrow hit him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent, a patient, and a passive argument, the verb agrees with the agent and patient only, in that order.  In &amp;quot;She gives it to him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;she&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;, but not &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verbs never agree with any arguments that are not in one of the cases above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhansi&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-nsi&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1P&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37504</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37504"/>
		<updated>2008-09-11T07:14:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Nominal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 r`/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /r`/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*benefactive -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
*inessive -sj&lt;br /&gt;
*allative -m&lt;br /&gt;
*ablative -gh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Use of the Passive Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passive case is used for nouns representing things that are an active force in creating the action described by the verb, but do not act under their own volition.  For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezjedjax &#039;euzjeutraza&#039;atlh&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Arrows have hit him&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezedj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;arrows&amp;quot; is in the passive case.  The passive is also used with intransitives, as in &#039;&#039;tegšerex &#039;ezjegheuzi&#039;utj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The rug slipped&amp;quot;.  As a general rule, use the passive case whenever the subject of a sentence is inanimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Possessive affixes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the noun-modifying forms, there are pronominal affixes that allow the expression of possession by first, second, or third persons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person singular -ni-&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person plural -nsi-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person singular -ri-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person plural -lsi&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 1 -tlhi-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 2 -sji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 3 -bli-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 4 -hi-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 5 -tji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 6 -gzji-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 7 -di-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 8 -gi-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These endings are applied to the noun root first; then the possessive/genitive endings are applied.  Infixes are applied before the pronominal ending.  The ending -au replaces the final vowel of the pronominal affix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenis &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenin &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenidj &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of me)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenani &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I have it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušinau &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (I call her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušizini &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (she gave birjith to me)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnigenisj &amp;quot;my arm&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigeris &amp;quot;your picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenari &amp;quot;your picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigelsis &amp;quot;your (pl) picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenalsi &amp;quot;your (pl) picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigetlhis &amp;quot;his picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigesjis &amp;quot;her picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigeblis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigehis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigetjis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigegzjis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigedis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigegis &amp;quot;its picture&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Words in possessive phrases can of course be plural, for example ite&#039;egnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arms&amp;quot;, izju&#039;umigetlhidj &amp;quot;his picture&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Habitual &#039;aa- indicates that the statement is generally true.&lt;br /&gt;
*Iterative &#039;an(a)- indicates that the action is performed repeatedly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Evidentiality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-i- The event or state is common knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
*-a- The speaker knows about the event from another, identifiable source&lt;br /&gt;
*-aa- The speaker directly experienced this event&lt;br /&gt;
*-au- The speaker heard about the event from another source but cannot verify its validity (IIRC in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-u- The truth of the event is subject to opinion (IMO in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-e- The speaker merely hypothesizes that the event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for person and attitude&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predicates are inflected for the plurality, and person or gender, of two arguments.  Exactly which two is somewhat complicated.  The following rules apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent of an intransitive verb takes the first agreement slot.  In the sentence &amp;quot;he runs&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to run&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent and patient of a transitive verb take the first and second slots, respectively.  In the sentence &amp;quot;I eat it&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to eat&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb&#039;s subject is in the passive case, and there is no agent or patient, the first slot takes the -&#039;- unspecified agreement affix and the second agrees with the noun in passive case.  In the sentence &amp;quot;The rocks rolled down the hill&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to roll&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;rocks&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb has a patient specified but no agent or passive argument, the first slot takes -&#039;- and the second slot agrees with the patient.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent and a passive argument, but no patient, the agent takes the first agreement slot and the passive the second.  In &amp;quot;He shot the arrow&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to shoot&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is a passive argument and a patient, but no agent, the passive takes the first agreement slot and the patient takes the second.  In &amp;quot;The arrow hit him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent, a patient, and a passive argument, the verb agrees with the agent and patient only, in that order.  In &amp;quot;She gives it to him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;she&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;, but not &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verbs never agree with any arguments that are not in one of the cases above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhansi&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-nsi&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1P&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37503</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37503"/>
		<updated>2008-09-11T07:03:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Example Sentences */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 r`/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /r`/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*benefactive -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
*inessive -sj&lt;br /&gt;
*allative -m&lt;br /&gt;
*ablative -gh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Use of the Passive Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passive case is used for nouns representing things that are an active force in creating the action described by the verb, but do not act under their own volition.  For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezjedjax &#039;euzjeutraza&#039;atlh&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Arrows have hit him&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezedj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;arrows&amp;quot; is in the passive case.  The passive is also used with intransitives, as in &#039;&#039;tegšerex &#039;ezjegheuzi&#039;utj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The rug slipped&amp;quot;.  As a general rule, use the passive case whenever the subject of a sentence is inanimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Possessive affixes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the noun-modifying forms, there are pronominal affixes that allow the expression of possession by first, second, or third persons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person singular -ni-&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person plural -nsi-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person singular -ri-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person plural -lsi&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 1 -tlhi-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 2 -ši-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 3 -mi-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These endings are applied to the noun root first; then the possessive/genitive endings are applied.  Infixes are applied before the pronominal ending.  The ending -au replaces the final vowel of the pronominal affix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenis &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenin &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenidj &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of me)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenani &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I have it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušinau &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (I call her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušizini &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to me)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnigenisj &amp;quot;my arm&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Habitual &#039;aa- indicates that the statement is generally true.&lt;br /&gt;
*Iterative &#039;an(a)- indicates that the action is performed repeatedly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Evidentiality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-i- The event or state is common knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
*-a- The speaker knows about the event from another, identifiable source&lt;br /&gt;
*-aa- The speaker directly experienced this event&lt;br /&gt;
*-au- The speaker heard about the event from another source but cannot verify its validity (IIRC in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-u- The truth of the event is subject to opinion (IMO in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-e- The speaker merely hypothesizes that the event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for person and attitude&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predicates are inflected for the plurality, and person or gender, of two arguments.  Exactly which two is somewhat complicated.  The following rules apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent of an intransitive verb takes the first agreement slot.  In the sentence &amp;quot;he runs&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to run&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent and patient of a transitive verb take the first and second slots, respectively.  In the sentence &amp;quot;I eat it&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to eat&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb&#039;s subject is in the passive case, and there is no agent or patient, the first slot takes the -&#039;- unspecified agreement affix and the second agrees with the noun in passive case.  In the sentence &amp;quot;The rocks rolled down the hill&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to roll&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;rocks&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb has a patient specified but no agent or passive argument, the first slot takes -&#039;- and the second slot agrees with the patient.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent and a passive argument, but no patient, the agent takes the first agreement slot and the passive the second.  In &amp;quot;He shot the arrow&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to shoot&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is a passive argument and a patient, but no agent, the passive takes the first agreement slot and the patient takes the second.  In &amp;quot;The arrow hit him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent, a patient, and a passive argument, the verb agrees with the agent and patient only, in that order.  In &amp;quot;She gives it to him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;she&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;, but not &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verbs never agree with any arguments that are not in one of the cases above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhansi&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-nsi&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1P&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37502</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37502"/>
		<updated>2008-09-11T07:02:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Verbal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 r`/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /r`/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*benefactive -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
*inessive -sj&lt;br /&gt;
*allative -m&lt;br /&gt;
*ablative -gh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Use of the Passive Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passive case is used for nouns representing things that are an active force in creating the action described by the verb, but do not act under their own volition.  For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezjedjax &#039;euzjeutraza&#039;atlh&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Arrows have hit him&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezedj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;arrows&amp;quot; is in the passive case.  The passive is also used with intransitives, as in &#039;&#039;tegšerex &#039;ezjegheuzi&#039;utj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The rug slipped&amp;quot;.  As a general rule, use the passive case whenever the subject of a sentence is inanimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Possessive affixes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the noun-modifying forms, there are pronominal affixes that allow the expression of possession by first, second, or third persons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person singular -ni-&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person plural -nsi-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person singular -ri-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person plural -lsi&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 1 -tlhi-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 2 -ši-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 3 -mi-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These endings are applied to the noun root first; then the possessive/genitive endings are applied.  Infixes are applied before the pronominal ending.  The ending -au replaces the final vowel of the pronominal affix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenis &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenin &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenidj &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of me)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenani &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I have it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušinau &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (I call her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušizini &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to me)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnigenisj &amp;quot;my arm&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Habitual &#039;aa- indicates that the statement is generally true.&lt;br /&gt;
*Iterative &#039;an(a)- indicates that the action is performed repeatedly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Evidentiality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-i- The event or state is common knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
*-a- The speaker knows about the event from another, identifiable source&lt;br /&gt;
*-aa- The speaker directly experienced this event&lt;br /&gt;
*-au- The speaker heard about the event from another source but cannot verify its validity (IIRC in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-u- The truth of the event is subject to opinion (IMO in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-e- The speaker merely hypothesizes that the event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for person and attitude&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predicates are inflected for the plurality, and person or gender, of two arguments.  Exactly which two is somewhat complicated.  The following rules apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent of an intransitive verb takes the first agreement slot.  In the sentence &amp;quot;he runs&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to run&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent and patient of a transitive verb take the first and second slots, respectively.  In the sentence &amp;quot;I eat it&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to eat&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb&#039;s subject is in the passive case, and there is no agent or patient, the first slot takes the -&#039;- unspecified agreement affix and the second agrees with the noun in passive case.  In the sentence &amp;quot;The rocks rolled down the hill&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to roll&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;rocks&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb has a patient specified but no agent or passive argument, the first slot takes -&#039;- and the second slot agrees with the patient.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent and a passive argument, but no patient, the agent takes the first agreement slot and the passive the second.  In &amp;quot;He shot the arrow&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to shoot&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is a passive argument and a patient, but no agent, the passive takes the first agreement slot and the patient takes the second.  In &amp;quot;The arrow hit him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent, a patient, and a passive argument, the verb agrees with the agent and patient only, in that order.  In &amp;quot;She gives it to him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;she&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;, but not &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verbs never agree with any arguments that are not in one of the cases above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-n-i&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37501</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37501"/>
		<updated>2008-09-11T06:58:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Nominal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 r`/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /r`/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*benefactive -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
*inessive -sj&lt;br /&gt;
*allative -m&lt;br /&gt;
*ablative -gh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Use of the Passive Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passive case is used for nouns representing things that are an active force in creating the action described by the verb, but do not act under their own volition.  For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezjedjax &#039;euzjeutraza&#039;atlh&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Arrows have hit him&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezedj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;arrows&amp;quot; is in the passive case.  The passive is also used with intransitives, as in &#039;&#039;tegšerex &#039;ezjegheuzi&#039;utj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The rug slipped&amp;quot;.  As a general rule, use the passive case whenever the subject of a sentence is inanimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Possessive affixes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the noun-modifying forms, there are pronominal affixes that allow the expression of possession by first, second, or third persons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person singular -ni-&lt;br /&gt;
*1st person plural -nsi-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person singular -ri-&lt;br /&gt;
*2nd person plural -lsi&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 1 -tlhi-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 2 -ši-&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd person Class 3 -mi-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These endings are applied to the noun root first; then the possessive/genitive endings are applied.  Infixes are applied before the pronominal ending.  The ending -au replaces the final vowel of the pronominal affix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenis &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenin &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenidj &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of me)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumigenani &amp;quot;my picture&amp;quot; (I have it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušinau &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (I call her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřaušizini &amp;quot;my mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to me)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnigenisj &amp;quot;my arm&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Habitual &#039;aa- indicates that the statement is generally true.&lt;br /&gt;
*Iterative &#039;an(a)- indicates that the action is performed repeatedly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Evidentiality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-i- The event or state is common knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
*-a- The speaker knows about the event from another, identifiable source&lt;br /&gt;
*-aa- The speaker directly experienced this event&lt;br /&gt;
*-au- The speaker heard about the event from another source but cannot verify its validity (IIRC in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-u- The truth of the event is subject to opinion (IMO in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-e- The speaker merely hypothesizes that the event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for person and attitude&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predicates are inflected for the plurality, and person or gender, of two arguments.  Exactly which two is somewhat complicated.  The following rules apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent of an intransitive verb takes the first agreement slot.  In the sentence &amp;quot;he runs&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to run&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent and patient of a transitive verb take the first and second slots, respectively.  In the sentence &amp;quot;I eat it&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to eat&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb&#039;s subject is in the passive case, and there is no agent or patient, the first slot takes the -&#039;- unspecified agreement affix and the second agrees with the noun in passive case.  In the sentence &amp;quot;The rocks rolled down the hill&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to roll&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;rocks&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent and a passive argument, but no patient, the agent takes the first agreement slot and the passive the second.  In &amp;quot;He shot the arrow&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to shoot&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is a passive argument and a patient, but no agent, the passive takes the first agreement slot and the patient takes the second.  In &amp;quot;The arrow hit him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent, a patient, and a passive argument, the verb agrees with the agent and patient only, in that order.  In &amp;quot;She gives it to him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;she&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;, but not &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verbs never agree with any arguments that are not in one of the cases above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-n-i&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37500</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37500"/>
		<updated>2008-09-11T06:41:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Verbal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 r`/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /r`/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*oblique -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Use of the Passive Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passive case is used for nouns representing things that are an active force in creating the action described by the verb, but do not act under their own volition.  For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezjedjax &#039;euzjeutraza&#039;atlh&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Arrows have hit him&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezedj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;arrows&amp;quot; is in the passive case.  The passive is also used with intransitives, as in &#039;&#039;tegšerex &#039;ezjegheuzi&#039;utj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The rug slipped&amp;quot;.  As a general rule, use the passive case whenever the subject of a sentence is inanimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Habitual &#039;aa- indicates that the statement is generally true.&lt;br /&gt;
*Iterative &#039;an(a)- indicates that the action is performed repeatedly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Evidentiality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-i- The event or state is common knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
*-a- The speaker knows about the event from another, identifiable source&lt;br /&gt;
*-aa- The speaker directly experienced this event&lt;br /&gt;
*-au- The speaker heard about the event from another source but cannot verify its validity (IIRC in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-u- The truth of the event is subject to opinion (IMO in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-e- The speaker merely hypothesizes that the event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for person and attitude&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predicates are inflected for the plurality, and person or gender, of two arguments.  Exactly which two is somewhat complicated.  The following rules apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent of an intransitive verb takes the first agreement slot.  In the sentence &amp;quot;he runs&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to run&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent and patient of a transitive verb take the first and second slots, respectively.  In the sentence &amp;quot;I eat it&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to eat&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb&#039;s subject is in the passive case, and there is no agent or patient, the first slot takes the -&#039;- unspecified agreement affix and the second agrees with the noun in passive case.  In the sentence &amp;quot;The rocks rolled down the hill&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to roll&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;rocks&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent and a passive argument, but no patient, the agent takes the first agreement slot and the passive the second.  In &amp;quot;He shot the arrow&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to shoot&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is a passive argument and a patient, but no agent, the passive takes the first agreement slot and the patient takes the second.  In &amp;quot;The arrow hit him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;arrow&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent, a patient, and a passive argument, the verb agrees with the agent and patient only, in that order.  In &amp;quot;She gives it to him&amp;quot;, the verb would agree with &amp;quot;she&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;, but not &amp;quot;him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verbs never agree with any arguments that are not in one of the cases above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-n-i&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37499</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37499"/>
		<updated>2008-09-11T06:38:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Nominal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 r`/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /r`/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*oblique -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Use of the Passive Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passive case is used for nouns representing things that are an active force in creating the action described by the verb, but do not act under their own volition.  For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezjedjax &#039;euzjeutraza&#039;atlh&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Arrows have hit him&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezedj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;arrows&amp;quot; is in the passive case.  The passive is also used with intransitives, as in &#039;&#039;tegšerex &#039;ezjegheuzi&#039;utj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The rug slipped&amp;quot;.  As a general rule, use the passive case whenever the subject of a sentence is inanimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Habitual &#039;aa- indicates that the statement is generally true.&lt;br /&gt;
*Iterative &#039;an(a)- indicates that the action is performed repeatedly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Evidentiality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-i- The event or state is common knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
*-a- The speaker knows about the event from another, identifiable source&lt;br /&gt;
*-aa- The speaker directly experienced this event&lt;br /&gt;
*-au- The speaker heard about the event from another source but cannot verify its validity (IIRC in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-u- The truth of the event is subject to opinion (IMO in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-e- The speaker merely hypothesizes that the event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for person and attitude&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predicates are inflected for the plurality, and person or gender, of two arguments.  Exactly which two is somewhat complicated.  The following rules apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent of an intransitive verb takes the first agreement slot.  In the sentence &amp;quot;he runs&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to run&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent and patient of a transitive verb take the first and second slots, respectively.  In the sentence &amp;quot;I eat it&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to eat&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb&#039;s subject is in the passive case, and there is no agent or patient, the first slot takes the -&#039;- unspecified agreement affix and the second agrees with the noun in passive case.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent and a passive argument, but no patient, the agent takes the first agreement slot and the passive the second.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is a passive argument and a patient, but no agent, the passive takes the first agreement slot and the patient takes the second.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent, a patient, and a passive argument, the verb agrees with the agent and patient only, in that order.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verbs never agree with any arguments that are not in one of the cases above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-n-i&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37497</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37497"/>
		<updated>2008-09-10T20:53:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Verbal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 r`/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /r`/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*oblique -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Use of the Passive Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passive case is used for nouns representing things that are an active force in creating the action described by the verb, but do not act under their own volition.  For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezjedjax &#039;euzjeutraza&#039;atlh&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Arrows have hit him&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezedj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;arrows&amp;quot; is in the passive case.  The passive is also used with intransitives, as in &#039;&#039;tegšerex &#039;ezjegheuzi&#039;utj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The rug slipped&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Habitual &#039;aa- indicates that the statement is generally true.&lt;br /&gt;
*Iterative &#039;an(a)- indicates that the action is performed repeatedly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Evidentiality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-i- The event or state is common knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
*-a- The speaker knows about the event from another, identifiable source&lt;br /&gt;
*-aa- The speaker directly experienced this event&lt;br /&gt;
*-au- The speaker heard about the event from another source but cannot verify its validity (IIRC in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-u- The truth of the event is subject to opinion (IMO in chatspeak)&lt;br /&gt;
*-e- The speaker merely hypothesizes that the event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for person and attitude&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predicates are inflected for the plurality, and person or gender, of two arguments.  Exactly which two is somewhat complicated.  The following rules apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent of an intransitive verb takes the first agreement slot.  In the sentence &amp;quot;he runs&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to run&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;he&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*The agent and patient of a transitive verb take the first and second slots, respectively.  In the sentence &amp;quot;I eat it&amp;quot;, the verb &amp;quot;to eat&amp;quot; would agree with &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;it&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the verb&#039;s subject is in the passive case, and there is no agent or patient, the first slot takes the -&#039;- unspecified agreement affix and the second agrees with the noun in passive case.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent and a passive argument, but no patient, the agent takes the first agreement slot and the passive the second.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is a passive argument and a patient, but no agent, the passive takes the first agreement slot and the patient takes the second.&lt;br /&gt;
*If there is an agent, a patient, and a passive argument, the verb agrees with the agent and patient only, in that order.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verbs never agree with any arguments that are not in one of the cases above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-n-i&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37222</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37222"/>
		<updated>2008-09-06T00:33:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Phonology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 r`/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /r`/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*oblique -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Use of the Passive Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passive case is used for nouns representing things that are an active force in creating the action described by the verb, but do not act under their own volition.  For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezjedjax &#039;euzjeutraza&#039;atlh&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Arrows have hit him&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezedj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;arrows&amp;quot; is in the passive case.  The passive is also used with intransitives, as in &#039;&#039;tegšerex &#039;ezjegheuzi&#039;utj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The rug slipped&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Habitual &#039;aa- indicates that the statement is generally true.&lt;br /&gt;
*Iterative &#039;an(a)- indicates that the action is performed repeatedly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Evidentiality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-i- The event or state is common knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
*-a- The speaker knows about the event from another, identifiable source&lt;br /&gt;
*-aa- The speaker directly experienced this event&lt;br /&gt;
*-u- The truth of the event is subject to opinion&lt;br /&gt;
*-e- The speaker merely hypothesizes that the event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-n-i&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37221</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37221"/>
		<updated>2008-09-06T00:30:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Lexicon */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*oblique -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Use of the Passive Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passive case is used for nouns representing things that are an active force in creating the action described by the verb, but do not act under their own volition.  For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezjedjax &#039;euzjeutraza&#039;atlh&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Arrows have hit him&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezedj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;arrows&amp;quot; is in the passive case.  The passive is also used with intransitives, as in &#039;&#039;tegšerex &#039;ezjegheuzi&#039;utj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The rug slipped&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Habitual &#039;aa- indicates that the statement is generally true.&lt;br /&gt;
*Iterative &#039;an(a)- indicates that the action is performed repeatedly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Evidentiality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-i- The event or state is common knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
*-a- The speaker knows about the event from another, identifiable source&lt;br /&gt;
*-aa- The speaker directly experienced this event&lt;br /&gt;
*-u- The truth of the event is subject to opinion&lt;br /&gt;
*-e- The speaker merely hypothesizes that the event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-n-i&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37220</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37220"/>
		<updated>2008-09-06T00:29:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Verbal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*oblique -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Use of the Passive Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passive case is used for nouns representing things that are an active force in creating the action described by the verb, but do not act under their own volition.  For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezjedjax &#039;euzjeutraza&#039;atlh&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Arrows have hit him&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezedj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;arrows&amp;quot; is in the passive case.  The passive is also used with intransitives, as in &#039;&#039;tegšerex &#039;ezjegheuzi&#039;utj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The rug slipped&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Habitual &#039;aa- indicates that the statement is generally true.&lt;br /&gt;
*Iterative &#039;an(a)- indicates that the action is performed repeatedly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Evidentiality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-i- The event or state is common knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
*-a- The speaker knows about the event from another, identifiable source&lt;br /&gt;
*-aa- The speaker directly experienced this event&lt;br /&gt;
*-u- The truth of the event is subject to opinion&lt;br /&gt;
*-e- The speaker merely hypothesizes that the event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-n-i&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37219</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37219"/>
		<updated>2008-09-06T00:11:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Nominal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*oblique -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Use of the Passive Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passive case is used for nouns representing things that are an active force in creating the action described by the verb, but do not act under their own volition.  For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezjedjax &#039;euzjeutraza&#039;atlh&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Arrows have hit him&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ire&#039;ezedj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;arrows&amp;quot; is in the passive case.  The passive is also used with intransitives, as in &#039;&#039;tegšerex &#039;ezjegheuzi&#039;utj&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The rug slipped&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Subjective &#039;ud(i)- indicates that the value or truth of an action or state is the opinion of the speaker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-n-i&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37218</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37218"/>
		<updated>2008-09-05T23:54:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Nominal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.  The partitive plural of nouns whose first root vowel is &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; is irregular: the vowel becomes &#039;&#039;e&#039;eu&#039;&#039; rather than &#039;&#039;eu&#039;eu&#039;&#039;.  For example, the partitive plural of &#039;&#039;řeu&#039;ad&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;forked tree branch&amp;quot; is &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iře&#039;eu&#039;ad&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*oblique -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Subjective &#039;ud(i)- indicates that the value or truth of an action or state is the opinion of the speaker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-n-i&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37217</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37217"/>
		<updated>2008-09-05T21:47:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Nominal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is applied after case marking, not before.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžinab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*oblique -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Subjective &#039;ud(i)- indicates that the value or truth of an action or state is the opinion of the speaker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-n-i&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37216</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37216"/>
		<updated>2008-09-05T21:43:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Nominal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns usually take a vowel suffix to indicate their gender.  The suffixes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 1: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 2: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 3: -i&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 4: -u&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 5: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 6: -a&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 7: -e&lt;br /&gt;
*Class 8: -e&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gender suffix changes under certain conditions.  If the noun is within a relative clause or is an argument of a gerund, the suffix is always -au, regardless of gender.  In addition, any gender suffix can be replaced by the pejorative ending -eu or the diminutive ending -ii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžiniab zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;a sjautžinab zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in the subject role of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;passive&amp;quot; case.  In addition, there are oblique (indirect object or recipient) and instrumental cases.  For nouns that are arguments of a verb phrase at the head of a sentence, the case inflections are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*absolutive -0&lt;br /&gt;
*ergative -b&lt;br /&gt;
*passive -x&lt;br /&gt;
*oblique -lh&lt;br /&gt;
*instrumental -k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nouns Modifying Nouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas English and most other languages have just a few ways of expressing the possessive or genitive, &#039;ižiitsigh has many noun cases for such ideas that express the precise relationship between the things involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuras &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he owns it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuran &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he drew it)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteuradj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (the picture is of Peter)&lt;br /&gt;
*zjumige Biteunar &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s picture&amp;quot; (he has it, but doesn&#039;t own it)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteurau &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (he calls her &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*meuřauši Biteuzir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s mother&amp;quot; (she gave birth to him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteurasj &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (the arm is part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
*tegnige Biteuzanir &amp;quot;Peter&#039;s arm&amp;quot; (a metaphorical reference to something that serves Peter as though it were his arm, but is not an arm or part of him)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Subjective &#039;ud(i)- indicates that the value or truth of an action or state is the opinion of the speaker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-n-i&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37214</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37214"/>
		<updated>2008-09-05T20:43:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Verbal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in copular constructions and the &amp;quot;agents&amp;quot; of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;participatory&amp;quot; case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative &#039;ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative &#039;iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative &#039;ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative &#039;ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative &#039;eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative &#039;ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative &#039;iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Subjective &#039;ud(i)- indicates that the value or truth of an action or state is the opinion of the speaker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-n-i&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37205</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37205"/>
		<updated>2008-09-05T17:01:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Nominal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ižiitsigh is an ergative language; the agent of an intransitive verb and the patient of a transitive verb take the same case.  However, nouns in copular constructions and the &amp;quot;agents&amp;quot; of many transitive verbs take a third &amp;quot;participatory&amp;quot; case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Subjective &#039;ud(i)- indicates that the value or truth of an action or state is the opinion of the speaker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-n-i&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37187</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37187"/>
		<updated>2008-09-04T18:37:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Verbal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Indicative -z-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Indicative -b-&lt;br /&gt;
*Present Subjunctive -zj-&lt;br /&gt;
*Narrative Subjunctive -g-&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperative -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
*Excessive sja- indicates that an action is performed &amp;quot;too much&amp;quot;; also used with static verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Subjective &#039;ud(i)- indicates that the value or truth of an action or state is the opinion of the speaker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xakjebaugžebitlhani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xa-kje-baugže-b-i-tlh-a-n-i&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;IMP.DES.INC-BEN-frighten.away-NARR-HEARSAY-AGT3.1-NEUTRAL-PAT1-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He began to want to benefit society by scaring us away.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37186</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37186"/>
		<updated>2008-09-04T18:22:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Verbal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| &lt;br /&gt;
! Present Indicative || Narrative Indicative || Present Subjunctive || Narrative Subjunctive || Imperative&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -z- || -b-  || -zj- || -g- || -m-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Inchoative iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Inchoative ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Cessative ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Desiderative Desiderative eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Cessative ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Cessative Desiderative iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Habilitative xi- indicates that the action is possible, equivalent to English constructions with &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Benefactive kje- indicates that the action is beneficial to society.&lt;br /&gt;
*Punctual dji- indicates that an action occurs suddenly or instantaneously.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37185</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37185"/>
		<updated>2008-09-04T18:10:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Verbal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| &lt;br /&gt;
! Present Indicative || Narrative Indicative || Present Subjunctive || Narrative Subjunctive || Imperative&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -z- || -b-  || -zj- || -g- || -m-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple Perfect: (SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
Perfect Inchoative ha- &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Perfect Cessative keu- &amp;quot;stopped&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Perfect Desiderative ah(SV)- &amp;quot;wanted to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Perfect Inchoative Inchoative iga- &amp;quot;was about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Perfect Inchoative Cessative nau- &amp;quot;was about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Perfect Inchoative Desiderative gh(SV)- &amp;quot;began to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Perfect Cessative Cessative tji- &amp;quot;finished&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Perfect Cessative Desiderative ši- &amp;quot;stopped wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Perfect Desiderative Inchoative ahu- &amp;quot;wanted to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Perfect Desiderative Cessative ab(SV) &amp;quot;wanted to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Perfect Desiderative Desiderative eumi- &amp;quot;wanted to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple Imperfect: (no prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
Imperfect Inchoative ki- &amp;quot;starts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Imperfect Cessative n(SV)- &amp;quot;stops&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Imperfect Desiderative mau- &amp;quot;wants to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Imperfect Inchoative Inchoative tlha- &amp;quot;is about to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Imperfect Inchoative Cessative ina- &amp;quot;is about to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Imperfect Inchoative Desiderative ghi- &amp;quot;begins to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Imperfect Cessative Cessative di- &amp;quot;finishes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Imperfect Cessative Desiderative iš(SV)- &amp;quot;stops wanting&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Imperfect Desiderative Inchoative xa- &amp;quot;wants to start&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Imperfect Desiderative Cessative dja- &amp;quot;wants to stop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Imperfect Desiderative Desiderative mi- &amp;quot;wants to want&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other aspects that can be applied as prefixes.  Each affix modifies the whole word including any affixes that follow it before the root, so the order in which they are applied is important.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37182</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37182"/>
		<updated>2008-09-04T16:13:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Verbal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| &lt;br /&gt;
! Present Indicative || Narrative Indicative || Present Subjunctive || Narrative Subjunctive || Imperative&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -z- || -b-  || -zj- || -g- || -m-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| &lt;br /&gt;
!  || Simple Perfect || Inchoative || Cessative || Desiderative&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Simple Perfect&#039;&#039;&#039; || (SV)-  || ha- || keu- || ah(SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Inchoative&#039;&#039;&#039; || ha- || iga- || nau- || gh(SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Cessative&#039;&#039;&#039; || du- || nau- || N/A || ši-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Desiderative&#039;&#039;&#039; || ah(SV)- || gh(SV)- || ši- || eumi-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few of these need further explanation: Inchoative Inchoative &#039;&#039;iga-&#039;&#039; indicates that an action is about to occur, but has not begun, Inchoative Cessative &#039;&#039;nau-&#039;&#039; means &amp;quot;begin to stop&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;be about to stop&amp;quot;, and Desiderative Desiderative &#039;&#039;eumi-&#039;&#039; means &amp;quot;want to want,&amp;quot; perhaps an odd concept for humans.  Note that &#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039; of these are in the perfect aspect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Imperfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| &lt;br /&gt;
!  || Simple Perfect || Inchoative || Cessative || Desiderative&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Simple Perfect&#039;&#039;&#039; || (SV)-  || ha- || keu- || ah(SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Inchoative&#039;&#039;&#039; || ha- || iga- || nau- || gh(SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Cessative&#039;&#039;&#039; || keu- || N/A || N/A || ši-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Desiderative&#039;&#039;&#039; || sje- || gh(SV)- || du- || eumi-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37179</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37179"/>
		<updated>2008-09-04T15:19:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Nominal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  This is analogous to the distinction between &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;people&amp;quot; in English; &amp;quot;persons&amp;quot; is the partitive form.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| &lt;br /&gt;
! Present Indicative || Narrative Indicative || Present Subjunctive || Narrative Subjunctive || Imperative&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -z- || -b-  || -zj- || -g- || -m-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| &lt;br /&gt;
!  || Simple Perfect || Inchoative || Cessative || Desiderative&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Simple Perfect&#039;&#039;&#039; || (SV)-  || ha- || keu- || ah(SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Inchoative&#039;&#039;&#039; || ha- || iga- || nau- || gh(SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Cessative&#039;&#039;&#039; || du- || nau- || N/A || ši-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Desiderative&#039;&#039;&#039; || ah(SV)- || gh(SV)- || ši- || eumi-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few of these need further explanation: Inchoative Inchoative indicates that an action is about to occur, but has not begun, Inchoative Cessative means &amp;quot;begin to stop&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;be about to stop&amp;quot;, and Desiderative Desiderative means &amp;quot;want to want,&amp;quot; perhaps an odd concept for humans.  Note that &#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039; of these are in the perfect aspect.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37178</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37178"/>
		<updated>2008-09-04T15:15:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Verbal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| &lt;br /&gt;
! Present Indicative || Narrative Indicative || Present Subjunctive || Narrative Subjunctive || Imperative&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -z- || -b-  || -zj- || -g- || -m-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect Aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| &lt;br /&gt;
!  || Simple Perfect || Inchoative || Cessative || Desiderative&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Simple Perfect&#039;&#039;&#039; || (SV)-  || ha- || keu- || ah(SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Inchoative&#039;&#039;&#039; || ha- || iga- || nau- || gh(SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Cessative&#039;&#039;&#039; || du- || nau- || N/A || ši-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Desiderative&#039;&#039;&#039; || ah(SV)- || gh(SV)- || ši- || eumi-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few of these need further explanation: Inchoative Inchoative indicates that an action is about to occur, but has not begun, Inchoative Cessative means &amp;quot;begin to stop&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;be about to stop&amp;quot;, and Desiderative Desiderative means &amp;quot;want to want,&amp;quot; perhaps an odd concept for humans.  Note that &#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039; of these are in the perfect aspect.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37176</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37176"/>
		<updated>2008-09-04T15:13:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Verbal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Tense, Mood, and Aspect*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| &lt;br /&gt;
! Present Indicative || Narrative Indicative || Present Subjunctive || Narrative Subjunctive || Imperative&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -z- || -b-  || -zj- || -g- || -m-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Aspect*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| &lt;br /&gt;
!  || Simple Perfect || Inchoative || Cessative || Desiderative&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *Simple Perfect* || (SV)-  || ha- || keu- || ah(SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *Inchoative* || ha- || iga- || nau- || gh(SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *Cessative* || du- || nau- || N/A || ši-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *Desiderative* || ah(SV)- || gh(SV)- || ši- || eumi-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few of these need further explanation: Inchoative Inchoative indicates that an action is about to occur, but has not begun, Inchoative Cessative means &amp;quot;begin to stop&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;be about to stop&amp;quot;, and Desiderative Desiderative means &amp;quot;want to want,&amp;quot; perhaps an odd concept for humans.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37174</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37174"/>
		<updated>2008-09-04T15:12:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Nominal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in &#039;ižiitsigh cover approximately the same semantic space as verbs and adjectives in English.  Verb roots take many affixes to inflect for tense, aspect, mood, evidentiality, gender of agent and patient, and the speaker&#039;s attitude toward the action under discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Tense, Mood, and Aspect*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tense/aspect system works somewhat differently from that in English.  The two tenses, narrative and present, indicate a &amp;quot;reference point&amp;quot;.  Aspects such as perfect/imperfect, inchoative, cessative, etc. delineate the time at which the action occurs in more detail.  The present perfect has a wider use than in English, covering most uses of the preterit (except when the action in question is incomplete).  The narrative tense puts the reference point in the past, enabling one to say things like &amp;quot;he had not yet gone&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;he was going to go&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Inflecting for Tense, Mood, and Aspect*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without further ado, here are the affixes for all the tenses and aspects in &#039;ižiitsigh.  Tense suffixes are applied immediately after the stem; aspect affixes are prefixed to the stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| &lt;br /&gt;
! Present Indicative || Narrative Indicative || Present Subjunctive || Narrative Subjunctive || Imperative&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -z- || -b-  || -zj- || -g- || -m-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The aspectual system is more complicated, because aspects can be combined.  (SV) below indicates reduplication of the first vowel of the verb stem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Perfect Aspect*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| &lt;br /&gt;
!  || Simple Perfect || Inchoative || Cessative || Desiderative&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Simple Perfect || (SV)-  || ha- || keu- || ah(SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Inchoative || ha- || iga- || nau- || gh(SV)-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cessative || du- || nau- || N/A || ši-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Desiderative || ah(SV)- || gh(SV)- || ši- || eumi-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few of these need further explanation: Inchoative Inchoative indicates that an action is about to occur, but has not begun, Inchoative Cessative means &amp;quot;begin to stop&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;be about to stop&amp;quot;, and Desiderative Desiderative means &amp;quot;want to want,&amp;quot; perhaps an odd concept for humans.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37149</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37149"/>
		<updated>2008-09-04T00:45:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Nominal Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiigzjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite these forms, the concept of pluralization in &#039;ižiitsigh varies somewhat from that of English.  There are no agreement markers for plural forms, and the non-partitive form is quite similar in use to the phrase &amp;quot;a group of [plural noun]&amp;quot; in English.  It could be argued that the plural forms are actually derivational.  This is supported by the fact that some nouns actually change gender class when they are pluralized, as &#039;&#039;rixlu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;person&amp;quot; does above.  In the singular and partitive plural, it is in Class 5, which it shares with rugs and trees; in the non-partitive plural, it is a Class 6 noun, in the same category as words, water, and lizards.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37148</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37148"/>
		<updated>2008-09-04T00:36:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Phonotactics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(V)(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one allowable diphthong, /aU/, written &amp;lt;au&amp;gt;.  There are also long forms of each vowel, written by doubling the vowel (except in the case of &amp;lt;eu&amp;gt;, the long form of which is written &amp;lt;euu&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37147</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37147"/>
		<updated>2008-09-04T00:30:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Lexicon */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj;&#039;Iriixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37146</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37146"/>
		<updated>2008-09-04T00:29:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Lexicon */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nominal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix &#039;&#039;-djim&#039;&#039; makes an intransitive stative verb into a noun.  Y = X-djim means Y is characterized by being or doing X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Verbal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj&#039;eu-&#039;&#039; makes a noun root into an intransitive stative verb.  &#039;eu-X means &amp;quot;X exists&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;there is X&amp;quot;.  Verbs of this type are (redundantly) inflected to agree with the class of the root noun.  This prefix is fully productive to the point that it might be considered syntactical; it can even be applied to plural nouns or nouns derived from verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pluralization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns have two plural forms, partitive and non-partitive.  In the partitive form, the individuals are emphasized; in the non-partitive form, the group is emphasized.  Both plurals are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj&#039;i&#039;&#039; to the stem and doubling the first vowel of the stem.  However, in the partitive form, a glottal stop is inserted between the double vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj&#039;Iri&#039;ixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they each threw it in turn, individually.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;zwnj&#039;Iriixlu&#039;e sjautžineb zjatlhabiitjatlh.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The people threw the javelin.&amp;quot; (i.e. they all picked it up together and threw it.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37145</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37145"/>
		<updated>2008-09-03T23:56:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Allophony */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word-finally, /4/ and /4_j/ are respectively [r\] and [z`].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In clusters, /C/ becomes [j\] before a voiced consonant, and /l/ becomes [K] after an unvoiced consonant.  /n/ becomes [m] or [J] after a labial or palatal consonant, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very short glottal pause may be inserted between other clustered consonants with different voicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is CV(C).  Clusters cannot occur word-finally, and the set of consonants that can occur word-finally is limited to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;t b d k g tj dj x gh z ž zj š sj r ř n m l lh tlh &#039;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants that can be the first element of a cluster are: &amp;lt;t d b g k x&amp;gt;.  Consonants that can be the second element of a cluster are &amp;lt;l n r ř s š sj z ž zj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37144</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37144"/>
		<updated>2008-09-03T23:25:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Phoneme Inventory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one approximant, /h/ &amp;lt;h&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Intervocalically, /l/ is [5].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37143</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37143"/>
		<updated>2008-09-03T23:18:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels are /a E i u U/, represented by &amp;lt;a e i u eu&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic stops are unvoiced /t c ?/ and voiced /b d J\/.  These are represented by &amp;lt;t k &#039; b d g&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many fricatives: /s z s_j z_j S Z C j\/ &amp;lt;s z š ž sj zj x gh&amp;gt;.  Note that the &amp;lt;j&amp;gt; grapheme doesn&#039;t mark palatalization, but a different point of articulation.  This is because historically &amp;lt;š&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;ž&amp;gt; were /s`/ and /z`/, and &amp;lt;sj&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;zj&amp;gt; were palatalized alveolar fricatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affricates are /dZ/ and /tS/, represented by &amp;lt;dj and tj&amp;gt;.  These are descended from palatalized stops and are considered monophonemic, although there are many other possible affricates that are considered consonant clusters.  There is also a palatalized stop /k_j/ &amp;lt;kj&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two flaps /4 4_j/ &amp;lt;r ř&amp;gt; and two laterals, /l K/ &amp;lt;l lh&amp;gt;.  The cluster /tK/ is considered one phoneme and written &amp;lt;tlh&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nasals are /n m J/ &amp;lt;n m n&amp;gt;.  The latter can only occur before another palatal consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Intervocalically, /l/ is [5].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37142</id>
		<title>&#039;ižiitsigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=%27i%C5%BEiitsigh&amp;diff=37142"/>
		<updated>2008-09-03T22:47:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: created language page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;ižiitsigh is created by tvk.  It grammaticalizes many constructions, using affixes where English and many other languages would require additional words or phrases.  It is agglutinating with some inflecting characteristics.  It is designed to be expressive and &amp;quot;attractively ugly&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;muxši&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lexicon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vocabulary is &#039;&#039;a priori&#039;&#039;.  There are two open classes, nouns (&#039;&#039;idi&#039;itjun&#039;&#039;) and verbs (&#039;&#039;ixa&#039;autjim&#039;&#039;).  All other morphemes fall into the class of &#039;&#039;izje&#039;ekrel&#039;&#039; or affixes.  The category for all morphemes, including root words, is &#039;&#039;ižiitsigh&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns fall into one of 8 classes.  The first two, called &#039;&#039;iřuušidjim&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;ibuubedjim&#039;&#039; correspond to masculine and feminine.  Nouns are assigned to the classes according to form, function, or association.  All noun roots end in a consonant.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Tvk&amp;diff=37141</id>
		<title>User:Tvk</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Tvk&amp;diff=37141"/>
		<updated>2008-09-03T22:27:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Conlangs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Tsani]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[&#039;ižiitsigh]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Z%C3%A3i&amp;diff=33786</id>
		<title>Zãi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Z%C3%A3i&amp;diff=33786"/>
		<updated>2008-07-04T00:19:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Internal History */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zãi is a conlang created by tvk.  It is a sister language to [[Tsani]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Internal History==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most notable features of Zãi include vowel mutations and nasalization of vowels accompanying loss of the &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039; coda found in the protolanguage.  Unlike Tsani, Zãi retains the glottalization distinction and introduces phonemic aspirated stops, but does not distinguish between voiced and unvoiced stops.  However, it does distinguish between voiced and unvoiced fricatives.  It also has phonemic vowel length and pitch-accent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fricatives undergo the following mutations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What would develop into [l] in Tsani becomes /r\/.  What would develop into [4] becomes /4_0/.&lt;br /&gt;
/ts/ becomes /z/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vowels /i/ and /U/ cause mutation of the preceding vowel:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;I-mutation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/a/ -&amp;gt; /aI/&lt;br /&gt;
/E/ -&amp;gt; /i/&lt;br /&gt;
/o/ -&amp;gt; /eI/&lt;br /&gt;
/U/ -&amp;gt; /y/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;U-mutation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/a/ -&amp;gt; /A/&lt;br /&gt;
/i/ -&amp;gt; /y/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that /U/ before or after a labial consonant is realized as [u] and instead causes the following mutation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/a/ -&amp;gt; /o/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039; coda to any syllable causes nasalization of the preceding vowel and is then lost.  The following replacements also occur:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/a.na/ -&amp;gt; /a~:/&lt;br /&gt;
/a.nE/ -&amp;gt; /a~jE/&lt;br /&gt;
/aI.ni/ -&amp;gt; /a~.i/&lt;br /&gt;
/a.no/ -&amp;gt; /a~o/&lt;br /&gt;
/A.nu/ -&amp;gt; /a~o/&lt;br /&gt;
/i.ni/ -&amp;gt; /i~:/&lt;br /&gt;
/eI.ni/ -&amp;gt; /i~:/&lt;br /&gt;
/y.ni/ -&amp;gt; /i~:/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A non-glottalized stop that is between two like vowels is aspirated.  Initial /ki/ becomes /k_hi/ and initial /pu/ becomes /p_hu/.  /a/ and /A/ are considered &amp;quot;alike&amp;quot;, and /y/ is &amp;quot;alike&amp;quot; to both /U/ and /i/.  However, /U/ and /i/ are not &amp;quot;alike&amp;quot; to each other.  Palatalized stops also become aspirated.  Other palatalized consonants decay into C + /i/.  After this change, /iE/ becomes /E:/ and /iy/ becomes /y:/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main drop in pitch occurs on the stressed syllable; i.e. there is high tone before the stressed syllable, and low tone on the stressed syllable and every syllable after.  The two moras of a long vowel also contrast in pitch, the first being high, and the second being low.  If a long vowel occurs immediately before a stressed syllable, the stress moves to the long vowel.  The first and second moras always contrast in pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;poni&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;good&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#poni -&amp;gt; peini&lt;br /&gt;
#peini -&amp;gt; pĩĩ.&lt;br /&gt;
#pitch is high-low.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;kiyu&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;listen&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#kiju -&amp;gt; kyju&lt;br /&gt;
#pitch is high-low.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;chiru&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;look&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#chiru -&amp;gt; chihru&lt;br /&gt;
#chihru -&amp;gt; chyhru&lt;br /&gt;
#chyhru -&amp;gt; tyyhru&lt;br /&gt;
#pitch is high-low-low&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tlerun&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;not need&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#tlerun -&amp;gt; lehrun&lt;br /&gt;
#lehrun -&amp;gt; lehrũ&lt;br /&gt;
#pitch is high-low&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;sekyanuwani&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;was a friend&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#sekyanuwani -&amp;gt; sekyonuwaini&lt;br /&gt;
#sekyonuwaini -&amp;gt; sekyonuwãi&lt;br /&gt;
#sekyonuwãi -&amp;gt; sekhionuwãi&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Z%C3%A3i&amp;diff=33785</id>
		<title>Zãi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Z%C3%A3i&amp;diff=33785"/>
		<updated>2008-07-03T21:00:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Internal History */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zãi is a conlang created by tvk.  It is a sister language to [[Tsani]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Internal History==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most notable features of Zãi include vowel mutations and nasalization of vowels accompanying loss of the &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039; coda found in the protolanguage.  Unlike Tsani, Zãi retains the glottalization distinction and introduces phonemic aspirated stops, but does not distinguish between voiced and unvoiced stops.  However, it does distinguish between voiced and unvoiced fricatives.  It also has phonemic vowel length and pitch-accent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fricatives undergo the following mutations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What would develop into [l] in Tsani becomes /r\/.  What would develop into [4] becomes /4_0/.&lt;br /&gt;
/ts/ becomes /z/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vowels /i/ and /U/ cause mutation of the preceding vowel:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;I-mutation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/a/ -&amp;gt; /aI/&lt;br /&gt;
/E/ -&amp;gt; /i/&lt;br /&gt;
/o/ -&amp;gt; /eI/&lt;br /&gt;
/U/ -&amp;gt; /y/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;U-mutation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/a/ -&amp;gt; /A/&lt;br /&gt;
/i/ -&amp;gt; /y/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that /U/ before or after a labial consonant is realized as [u] and instead causes the following mutation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/a/ -&amp;gt; /o/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039; coda to any syllable causes nasalization of the preceding vowel and is then lost.  The following replacements also occur:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/a.na/ -&amp;gt; /a~:/&lt;br /&gt;
/a.nE/ -&amp;gt; /a~jE/&lt;br /&gt;
/aI.ni/ -&amp;gt; /a~.i/&lt;br /&gt;
/a.no/ -&amp;gt; /a~o/&lt;br /&gt;
/A.nu/ -&amp;gt; /a~o/&lt;br /&gt;
/i.ni/ -&amp;gt; /i~:/&lt;br /&gt;
/eI.ni/ -&amp;gt; /i~:/&lt;br /&gt;
/y.ni/ -&amp;gt; /i~:/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A non-glottalized stop that is between two like vowels is aspirated.  Initial /ki/ becomes /k_hi/ and initial /pu/ becomes /p_hu/.  /a/ and /A/ are considered &amp;quot;alike&amp;quot;, and /y/ is &amp;quot;alike&amp;quot; to both /U/ and /i/.  However, /U/ and /i/ are not &amp;quot;alike&amp;quot; to each other.  Palatalized stops also become aspirated.  Other palatalized consonants decay into C + /i/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main drop in pitch occurs on the stressed syllable; i.e. there is high tone before the stressed syllable, and low tone on the stressed syllable and every syllable after.  The two moras of a long vowel also contrast in pitch, the first being high, and the second being low.  If a long vowel occurs immediately before a stressed syllable, the stress moves to the long vowel.  The first and second moras always contrast in pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;poni&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;good&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#poni -&amp;gt; peini&lt;br /&gt;
#peini -&amp;gt; pĩĩ.&lt;br /&gt;
#pitch is high-low.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;kiyu&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;listen&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#kiju -&amp;gt; kyju&lt;br /&gt;
#pitch is high-low.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;chiru&#039;&#039;&#039; -&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Z%C3%A3i&amp;diff=33784</id>
		<title>Zãi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Z%C3%A3i&amp;diff=33784"/>
		<updated>2008-07-03T19:12:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: New page: ==Overview==   Zãi is a conlang created by tvk.  It is a sister language to Tsani.  ==Internal History==  The most notable features of Zãi include vowel mutations and nasalization of...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zãi is a conlang created by tvk.  It is a sister language to [[Tsani]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Internal History==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most notable features of Zãi include vowel mutations and nasalization of vowels accompanying loss of the &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039; coda found in the protolanguage.  Unlike Tsani, Zãi retains the glottalization distinction and introduces phonemic aspirated stops, but does not distinguish between voiced and unvoiced stops.  However, it does distinguish between voiced and unvoiced fricatives.  It also has phonemic vowel length and pitch-accent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vowels /i/ and /U/ cause mutation of the preceding vowel:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;I-mutation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/a/ -&amp;gt; /aI/&lt;br /&gt;
/E/ -&amp;gt; /i/&lt;br /&gt;
/o/ -&amp;gt; /eI/&lt;br /&gt;
/U/ -&amp;gt; /y/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;U-mutation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/a/ -&amp;gt; /A/&lt;br /&gt;
/i/ -&amp;gt; /y/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039; coda to any syllable causes nasalization of the preceding vowel and is then lost.  The following replacements also occur:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/aI.ni/ -&amp;gt; /aI~.i~/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tsani&amp;diff=33782</id>
		<title>Tsani</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tsani&amp;diff=33782"/>
		<updated>2008-07-03T06:41:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: Added internal history&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is a conlang project that tvk has been working on since May 2007.  It is the daughter of an unnamed proto-language.  The vocabulary is a priori.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is designed to be strongly head-first.  The normal word order is VSO.  Role-marking particles and prepositions make the structure of a sentence clear, and free up word order for such things as passive constructions (which, in effect, simply switch word order to verb-patient-agent.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tvk designed Tsani as a personal language for journaling.  It is designed to reflect his personal aesthetic taste in languages and worldview.  It is also designed to be easy to learn and use, and to be easy to understand even out of context.  Methods of achieving the former criteria were inspired largely by [[Toki Pona]] and some natural creoles; the methods used to achieve the latter criterion were inspired by everything other than Toki Pona.  [[Japanese]] is also a major source of inspiration, and the creator has described his language as Japanese with backward syntax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Internal History==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is derived from an unnamed protolanguage.  The sound changes involved voicing initial glottalized stops, voicing medial non-glottalized stops, and losing the glottalization distinction.  Phonetic glottalization did not persist after phonemic glottalization was lost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani has a sister-language, [[Zãi]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vowels: &amp;lt;a e i o u&amp;gt; /a E i o u/&lt;br /&gt;
*Stops: &amp;amp;lt;p t k d b g ty ky kw&amp;gt; /p t k d b g t_j k_j k_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Nasals: &amp;lt;m n ng ny nw&amp;gt; /m n N n_j n_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Laterals/Flap: &amp;lt;l ly lw&amp;gt; /l l_j l_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Sibilants: &amp;amp;lt;s sh&amp;gt; /s S/&lt;br /&gt;
*Affricates: &amp;lt;ts ks ksh&amp;gt; /ts ks kS/&lt;br /&gt;
*Approximants: &amp;lt;h w y&amp;gt; /h w j/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*/E/ = [e] word-finally or before [4].&lt;br /&gt;
*/t p k d b g/ may be [t_h p_h k_h d_h b_h g_h] word-initially if not part of a cluster.&lt;br /&gt;
*/t_j/ = [tS] before /i/ or in the cluster &amp;lt;chw&amp;gt; = /tSw/&lt;br /&gt;
*/m n N/ = [m= n= N=] between consonants or word-initially if followed by a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
*/l/ = [4] before /u/ or /i/&lt;br /&gt;
*/tl/ = [tK]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For ease of reading by speakers of English and other European languages, the Romanization spells the realization [tS] as &amp;lt;ch&amp;gt; and [4] as &amp;lt;r&amp;gt;, even though these spelling changes are not reflected in the native script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is (C)(C)(s, l)V(n).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The -n coda may assimilate to the point of articulation of the following consonant, if there is one. Otherwise, it remains [n].  If the coda is followed by a vowel within the same word, an apostrophe is inserted between the -n and the vowel to indicate that they belong to separate syllables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the purposes of syllable structure, syllabic nasals may be considered vowels.  The only constraint is that such a syllable cannot have a coda or have a nasal as its onset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legal diphthongs are /ai au ei oi ui/. Of these, only ai is common. The others occur mostly as a result of derivation or in loanwords.  In cases where morphology would result in a sequence of vowels that does not form a diphthong, a glide /w/ or /j/ is inserted between them.  In cases where the first vowel is /a/, /e/, or /i/, the preferred glide is /j/; if the first vowel is /o/ or /u/, the glide is /w/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legal consonant clusters are &amp;lt;tk kt kp tl nt nk np ngk ngt ngp mp mt mk kts ktl chw&amp;gt;. These can all occur initially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ky, ly, y, ts, ks and s cannot occur before i.&lt;br /&gt;
kw, lw, chw and w cannot occur before u.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Stress===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress is on the syllable containing the penultimate mora. CV and V syllables are one mora, CVn syllables and diphthongs are two.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word order is [[VSO]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All words that have nominal syntactical function end in -a.  (The converse is not true, however.)  This makes nouns easy to identify.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a noun phrase, the order is head, adjectives, genitive(or relative clause).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A noun cannot usually be modified by a [[genitive]] and a [[relative clause]] simultaneously, as this would cause ambiguity as to whether the relative clause modified the genitive or the head noun.  In some contexts where the speaker&#039;s intention is clear, it is considered acceptable in informal speech, though never in formal speech or writing.  For example,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Ne || niya || tsaru || Amerikai || kiporu || ka || ko || mukowan || nai.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;this&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;person-exist&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;America-GEN&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;that-protect&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;REL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;cow-PL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P-GEN&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|} This is the American man who takes care of my cows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s clear that &amp;quot;takes care of my cows&amp;quot; can only modify &amp;quot;the man&amp;quot;, not &amp;quot;America.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modifiers can precede or follow the verb, or they can be placed at the end of the sentence and separated from it by the particle &#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[direct object]] of a sentence is preceded by the particle &#039;&#039;ko&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[genitive]] is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-i&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The [[plural]] is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The genitive plural is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-ni&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plural is not marked on the noun when the noun is modified by a numeral or &#039;&#039;adogi&#039;&#039;, which means &amp;quot;many, much.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The genitive has a wider range of uses than does the [[possessive]] in [[English]].  In general, its function is to allow a noun to function as an adjective and thus modify another noun.  Whereas the English possessive &#039;&#039;-&#039;s&#039;&#039; can typically only be paraphrased using the preposition &amp;quot;of&amp;quot;, the genitive in Tsani can paraphrase constructions with almost any preposition.  The exact relationship between the head noun and the genitive noun is determined by context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All verb roots end in &#039;&#039;-u&#039;&#039;.  Conjugated verbs do not, since the tense suffixes are derived from adjectives in the proto-language and hence end in &#039;&#039;-i&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani has three verb tenses: Imperfect, Perfect, and Potential. The Imperfect is unmarked; the Perfect is marked with the suffix &#039;&#039;-wani&#039;&#039; and the Potential is marked with the suffix &#039;&#039;-wachi&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The imperfect tense is used for actions which are happening in the present, occur habitually, are generally true, or have not been completed. The perfect tense is used for completed actions or events in the past. The potential is used for actions and events that have not yet occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs are negated by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;. This can be affixed before or after the tense ending, depending on where the speaker wants to put the emphasis.  Contrast:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;marunwani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maru-n-wani&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;go-NEG-PERF&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He didn&#039;t go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;maruwanin&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maru-wani-n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;go-PERF-NEG&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He didn&#039;t go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first example implies that the subject is not likely to complete the action in the future, while the second is &amp;quot;he didn&#039;t go, but still might later.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani makes use of serial verb constructions such as niru maru na for &amp;quot;I want to go&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The imperative is formed by preceding the sentence with &#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;. This is equivalent to &amp;quot;please&amp;quot;. In informal situations, or if the second person is of lower status, the Imperfect may be used. In formal situations, or when talking to superiors, the Potential must be used with imperatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ask for an object, &#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039; can be used before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes/no questions are formed by placing the particle &#039;&#039;mo&#039;&#039; directly after the part of the sentence in question.  The words for &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;lo&#039;&#039;, are used to express the speaker&#039;s agreement or disagreement with the statement in question, similar to &#039;&#039;hai&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;iie&#039;&#039; in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other questions are formed using the noun/adjective/verb triplet &#039;&#039;ma, mi, mu&#039;&#039;. These words act as a &amp;quot;filler&amp;quot; that is to be replaced by the person answering the question.  Word order is not altered for interrogatives.  Compare the following questions and answering statements:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani mo la ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Did you drink my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, sobuwani&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Yes, (I) drank (it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, sobuwanin&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, (I) didn&#039;t drink (it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la mo ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Did &#039;&#039;you&#039;&#039; drink my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, na&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Yes, I (drank it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, nanun&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, (it) wasn&#039;t I.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala nai mo?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Did you drink &#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039; milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, lai&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Yes, yours.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, lain&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, not yours.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani ma ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Who drank my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala lai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank your milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko ma?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala mai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Whose milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala lai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank your milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala mi?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What kind of milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala poni mukowai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank good milk from a cow.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala adogi mi?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;How much milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala adogin.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank a little bit of milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani mi la ko tyala?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;How (in what manner) did you drink the milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani hapi na ko tyala.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank the milk quickly.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Muwani la ko tyala?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What did you do with the milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko sa, la tsa kuki.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank it, you silly person.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pronouns are:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039;&#039; || (1p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;la&#039;&#039;&#039; || (2p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sa&#039;&#039;&#039; || (3p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;owa&#039;&#039;&#039; || (topic)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ka&#039;&#039;&#039; || (relative)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ma&#039;&#039;&#039; || (interrogative)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
These are entirely regular in their inflection. Forms of &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; can be created by compounding the pronouns: &#039;&#039;nala&#039;&#039; for dual &amp;quot;we&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;nasa&#039;&#039; for exclusive, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The common masculine and feminine endings &#039;&#039;ga&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;la&#039;&#039; can also be added to the third-person pronouns: &#039;&#039;saga&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &#039;&#039;sala&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;she&amp;quot;. However, this isn&#039;t normally used, since the Tsan people consider it rude to rely on someone&#039;s gender to make it clear whom you&#039;re talking about.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is pro-drop. Often one or more arguments of the verb are completely inferred. The default is usually 3PS (or 2PS for interrogatives in the perfect tense, or 1P dual for interrogatives in the imperfect) unless context suggests otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topic pronoun is used to refer to a topic which was previously marked with the particle &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;. This particle precedes the noun as well as any preposition or other particle that may be associated with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative pronoun is used inside relative clauses.  The antecedent of this pronoun is always the noun being modified by the relative clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other Constructions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relative Clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative clauses are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;ki-&#039;&#039; to the verb and using the relative pronoun &#039;&#039;ka. &#039;&#039;Word order is not altered within the subclause.  &#039;&#039;Ka&#039;&#039; can be left out of the subclause if the verb is intransitive or the relative pronoun is the agent of the sentence with all other arguments explicit.  The relative clause must also modify the last argument of the independent clause in order for omission of the relative pronoun to be possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is an added complication - in the development from the proto-language to Tsani, medial stops were voiced, but medial glottalized stops were left unvoiced (and un-glottalized).  By contrast, initial glottalized stops were voiced and un-glottalized.  Because of this, prefixes in Tsani (at least ones that were productive during the transition period) cause a switch in voicing on initial stops.  Thus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p b -&amp;gt; b p&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
t d -&amp;gt; d t&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k g -&amp;gt; g k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pemu na wa ne kalada.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;I sit in a tree.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;kalada kibemu na wa ne ka.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the tree that I sit in&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Deguwani la ko latsa.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;You wrote a book.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;latsa kiteguwani la ko ka&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the book that you wrote&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This doesn&#039;t apply to when consonants are in clusters; for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ktuwani kuna ko sa.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The dog bit him.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;kuna kiktuwani ko sa&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The dog that bit him.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maru ne nomuwena i tsaga.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The man goes to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsaga kimaru ne nomuwena i ka&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the man who goes to the market&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsaga kimaru ne nomuwena&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the man who goes to the market&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;nomuwena kimaru tsa ne ka&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the market that the man went to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maruwani ne nomuwena Kename so tsaga.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Kename and the man went to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsaga kimaruwani ne nomuwena Kename so ka.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The man that Kename went to the market with.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani can even do some things that are not possible in English:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sekyanu nai so tsai shi Kename.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Kename is a friend of mine and that person&#039;s.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsa shi kisekyanu nai so kai Kename.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;that person who Kename is a friend of me and&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Passive Voice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In passive constructions, the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (really the semantic agent) is preceded by the particle &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, whereas the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; (semantic patient) is optionally marked with &#039;&#039;ko&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maktaruwani Peteri ko niya.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Peter sent this.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maktaruwani niya i Peteri&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;This was sent by Peter.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Derivational Affixes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb Roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;mtu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;eat&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwa &amp;quot;eating (gerund)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwi &amp;quot;eating (active participle)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtukshi &amp;quot;eaten (passive participle)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtupi &amp;quot;able to be eaten, edible&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwabi “able to eat”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtusoi “liking/wanting to eat, hungry”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwena “place for food”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtusha “eating utensil”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtudu “start to eat”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtoiksa “bone-eater” from mmtu + o + iksa &amp;quot;bone&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*imtu “re-eat, eat again”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun Roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;saba&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;house&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*sabai “of a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabachi “house-like”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabanu “to be a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabaru “there is a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabayu “to make a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabantu “to become a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabaheyu “to give a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabena “place for a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabala “great house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabachwa “little house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabakwa “town”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabakwi “which is the house”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;egoya&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;wood&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*egoyadi “made of wood”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjective roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;kawi&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;big&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiya “big thing”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawinu “to be big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiyu “to make big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawintu “to become big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawika “bigness”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiksa “size”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiri “bigger”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawimi “biggest”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawishi “too big”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Markers==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Topic: o&lt;br /&gt;
*Agent (when normal word order is broken): i&lt;br /&gt;
*Patient: ko&lt;br /&gt;
*Instrument: chi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Chiruwani || tyo || saba || tsa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;watch-PERF&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;house&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;man.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The man watched from the house.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! saba || kichiruwani || tyo || ka || tsa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;house&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;that-watch-PERF&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;REL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;man.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The house that the man watched from.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Tleru || na || ko || yabiya || ele || deguwa || ko || kwaila.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;need&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;yellow-thing&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;for&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;draw&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I need something yellow to draw the sun.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Niru || na || ko || ktana || egoyadi || ele || ktakuwa || shalatsan || nai.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;want&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;spear&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;wood-made_of&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;for&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;kill-GER&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;enemy-PL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P-GEN&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I want a wooden spear to kill my enemies.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Kiyu || mo || la || ko || tyela?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;hear&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;2P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;water&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Do you hear water?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Higu || na || ko || menwa || kshi. || Agoguwachi || keshi || runwachwan.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;have&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;egg&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;hatch-POT&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;maybe&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;duck-DIMIN-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I have three eggs. Maybe ducklings will hatch.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tsani&amp;diff=33770</id>
		<title>Tsani</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tsani&amp;diff=33770"/>
		<updated>2008-07-01T18:14:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: added more examples and headings&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is a conlang project that tvk has been working on since May 2007.  It is the daughter of an unnamed proto-language.  The vocabulary is a priori.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is designed to be strongly head-first.  The normal word order is VSO.  Role-marking particles and prepositions make the structure of a sentence clear, and free up word order for such things as passive constructions (which, in effect, simply switch word order to verb-patient-agent.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tvk designed Tsani as a personal language for journaling.  It is designed to reflect his personal aesthetic taste in languages and worldview.  It is also designed to be easy to learn and use, and to be easy to understand even out of context.  Methods of achieving the former criteria were inspired largely by [[Toki Pona]] and some natural creoles; the methods used to achieve the latter criterion were inspired by everything other than Toki Pona.  [[Japanese]] is also a major source of inspiration, and the creator has described his language as Japanese with backward syntax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vowels: &amp;lt;a e i o u&amp;gt; /a E i o u/&lt;br /&gt;
*Stops: &amp;amp;lt;p t k d b g ty ky kw&amp;gt; /p t k d b g t_j k_j k_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Nasals: &amp;lt;m n ng ny nw&amp;gt; /m n N n_j n_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Laterals/Flap: &amp;lt;l ly lw&amp;gt; /l l_j l_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Sibilants: &amp;amp;lt;s sh&amp;gt; /s S/&lt;br /&gt;
*Affricates: &amp;lt;ts ks ksh&amp;gt; /ts ks kS/&lt;br /&gt;
*Approximants: &amp;lt;h w y&amp;gt; /h w j/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*/E/ = [e] word-finally or before [4].&lt;br /&gt;
*/t p k d b g/ may be [t_h p_h k_h d_h b_h g_h] word-initially if not part of a cluster.&lt;br /&gt;
*/t_j/ = [tS] before /i/ or in the cluster &amp;lt;chw&amp;gt; = /tSw/&lt;br /&gt;
*/m n N/ = [m= n= N=] between consonants or word-initially if followed by a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
*/l/ = [4] before /u/ or /i/&lt;br /&gt;
*/tl/ = [tK]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For ease of reading by speakers of English and other European languages, the Romanization spells the realization [tS] as &amp;lt;ch&amp;gt; and [4] as &amp;lt;r&amp;gt;, even though these spelling changes are not reflected in the native script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is (C)(C)(s, l)V(n).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The -n coda may assimilate to the point of articulation of the following consonant, if there is one. Otherwise, it remains [n].  If the coda is followed by a vowel within the same word, an apostrophe is inserted between the -n and the vowel to indicate that they belong to separate syllables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the purposes of syllable structure, syllabic nasals may be considered vowels.  The only constraint is that such a syllable cannot have a coda or have a nasal as its onset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legal diphthongs are /ai au ei oi ui/. Of these, only ai is common. The others occur mostly as a result of derivation or in loanwords.  In cases where morphology would result in a sequence of vowels that does not form a diphthong, a glide /w/ or /j/ is inserted between them.  In cases where the first vowel is /a/, /e/, or /i/, the preferred glide is /j/; if the first vowel is /o/ or /u/, the glide is /w/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legal consonant clusters are &amp;lt;tk kt kp tl nt nk np ngk ngt ngp mp mt mk kts ktl chw&amp;gt;. These can all occur initially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ky, ly, y, ts, ks and s cannot occur before i.&lt;br /&gt;
kw, lw, chw and w cannot occur before u.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Stress===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress is on the syllable containing the penultimate mora. CV and V syllables are one mora, CVn syllables and diphthongs are two.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word order is [[VSO]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All words that have nominal syntactical function end in -a.  (The converse is not true, however.)  This makes nouns easy to identify.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a noun phrase, the order is head, adjectives, genitive(or relative clause).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A noun cannot usually be modified by a [[genitive]] and a [[relative clause]] simultaneously, as this would cause ambiguity as to whether the relative clause modified the genitive or the head noun.  In some contexts where the speaker&#039;s intention is clear, it is considered acceptable in informal speech, though never in formal speech or writing.  For example,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Ne || niya || tsaru || Amerikai || kiporu || ka || ko || mukowan || nai.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;this&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;person-exist&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;America-GEN&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;that-protect&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;REL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;cow-PL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P-GEN&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|} This is the American man who takes care of my cows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s clear that &amp;quot;takes care of my cows&amp;quot; can only modify &amp;quot;the man&amp;quot;, not &amp;quot;America.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modifiers can precede or follow the verb, or they can be placed at the end of the sentence and separated from it by the particle &#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[direct object]] of a sentence is preceded by the particle &#039;&#039;ko&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[genitive]] is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-i&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The [[plural]] is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The genitive plural is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-ni&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plural is not marked on the noun when the noun is modified by a numeral or &#039;&#039;adogi&#039;&#039;, which means &amp;quot;many, much.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The genitive has a wider range of uses than does the [[possessive]] in [[English]].  In general, its function is to allow a noun to function as an adjective and thus modify another noun.  Whereas the English possessive &#039;&#039;-&#039;s&#039;&#039; can typically only be paraphrased using the preposition &amp;quot;of&amp;quot;, the genitive in Tsani can paraphrase constructions with almost any preposition.  The exact relationship between the head noun and the genitive noun is determined by context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All verb roots end in &#039;&#039;-u&#039;&#039;.  Conjugated verbs do not, since the tense suffixes are derived from adjectives in the proto-language and hence end in &#039;&#039;-i&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani has three verb tenses: Imperfect, Perfect, and Potential. The Imperfect is unmarked; the Perfect is marked with the suffix &#039;&#039;-wani&#039;&#039; and the Potential is marked with the suffix &#039;&#039;-wachi&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The imperfect tense is used for actions which are happening in the present, occur habitually, are generally true, or have not been completed. The perfect tense is used for completed actions or events in the past. The potential is used for actions and events that have not yet occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs are negated by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;. This can be affixed before or after the tense ending, depending on where the speaker wants to put the emphasis.  Contrast:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;marunwani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maru-n-wani&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;go-NEG-PERF&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He didn&#039;t go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;maruwanin&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maru-wani-n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;go-PERF-NEG&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He didn&#039;t go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first example implies that the subject is not likely to complete the action in the future, while the second is &amp;quot;he didn&#039;t go, but still might later.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani makes use of serial verb constructions such as niru maru na for &amp;quot;I want to go&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The imperative is formed by preceding the sentence with &#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;. This is equivalent to &amp;quot;please&amp;quot;. In informal situations, or if the second person is of lower status, the Imperfect may be used. In formal situations, or when talking to superiors, the Potential must be used with imperatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ask for an object, &#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039; can be used before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes/no questions are formed by placing the particle &#039;&#039;mo&#039;&#039; directly after the part of the sentence in question.  The words for &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;lo&#039;&#039;, are used to express the speaker&#039;s agreement or disagreement with the statement in question, similar to &#039;&#039;hai&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;iie&#039;&#039; in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other questions are formed using the noun/adjective/verb triplet &#039;&#039;ma, mi, mu&#039;&#039;. These words act as a &amp;quot;filler&amp;quot; that is to be replaced by the person answering the question.  Word order is not altered for interrogatives.  Compare the following questions and answering statements:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani mo la ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Did you drink my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, sobuwani&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Yes, (I) drank (it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, sobuwanin&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, (I) didn&#039;t drink (it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la mo ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Did &#039;&#039;you&#039;&#039; drink my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, na&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Yes, I (drank it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, nanun&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, (it) wasn&#039;t I.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala nai mo?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Did you drink &#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039; milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, lai&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Yes, yours.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, lain&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, not yours.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani ma ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Who drank my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala lai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank your milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko ma?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala mai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Whose milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala lai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank your milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala mi?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What kind of milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala poni mukowai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank good milk from a cow.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala adogi mi?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;How much milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala adogin.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank a little bit of milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani mi la ko tyala?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;How (in what manner) did you drink the milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani hapi na ko tyala.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank the milk quickly.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Muwani la ko tyala?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What did you do with the milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko sa, la tsa kuki.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank it, you silly person.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pronouns are:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039;&#039; || (1p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;la&#039;&#039;&#039; || (2p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sa&#039;&#039;&#039; || (3p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;owa&#039;&#039;&#039; || (topic)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ka&#039;&#039;&#039; || (relative)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ma&#039;&#039;&#039; || (interrogative)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
These are entirely regular in their inflection. Forms of &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; can be created by compounding the pronouns: &#039;&#039;nala&#039;&#039; for dual &amp;quot;we&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;nasa&#039;&#039; for exclusive, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The common masculine and feminine endings &#039;&#039;ga&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;la&#039;&#039; can also be added to the third-person pronouns: &#039;&#039;saga&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &#039;&#039;sala&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;she&amp;quot;. However, this isn&#039;t normally used, since the Tsan people consider it rude to rely on someone&#039;s gender to make it clear whom you&#039;re talking about.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is pro-drop. Often one or more arguments of the verb are completely inferred. The default is usually 3PS (or 2PS for interrogatives in the perfect tense, or 1P dual for interrogatives in the imperfect) unless context suggests otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topic pronoun is used to refer to a topic which was previously marked with the particle &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;. This particle precedes the noun as well as any preposition or other particle that may be associated with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative pronoun is used inside relative clauses.  The antecedent of this pronoun is always the noun being modified by the relative clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other Constructions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relative Clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative clauses are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;ki-&#039;&#039; to the verb and using the relative pronoun &#039;&#039;ka. &#039;&#039;Word order is not altered within the subclause.  &#039;&#039;Ka&#039;&#039; can be left out of the subclause if the verb is intransitive or the relative pronoun is the agent of the sentence with all other arguments explicit.  The relative clause must also modify the last argument of the independent clause in order for omission of the relative pronoun to be possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is an added complication - in the development from the proto-language to Tsani, medial stops were voiced, but medial glottalized stops were left unvoiced (and un-glottalized).  By contrast, initial glottalized stops were voiced and un-glottalized.  Because of this, prefixes in Tsani (at least ones that were productive during the transition period) cause a switch in voicing on initial stops.  Thus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p b -&amp;gt; b p&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
t d -&amp;gt; d t&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k g -&amp;gt; g k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pemu na wa ne kalada.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;I sit in a tree.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;kalada kibemu na wa ne ka.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the tree that I sit in&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Deguwani la ko latsa.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;You wrote a book.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;latsa kiteguwani la ko ka&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the book that you wrote&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This doesn&#039;t apply to when consonants are in clusters; for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ktuwani kuna ko sa.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The dog bit him.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;kuna kiktuwani ko sa&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The dog that bit him.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maru ne nomuwena i tsaga.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The man goes to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsaga kimaru ne nomuwena i ka&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the man who goes to the market&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsaga kimaru ne nomuwena&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the man who goes to the market&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;nomuwena kimaru tsa ne ka&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the market that the man went to&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maruwani ne nomuwena Kename so tsaga.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Kename and the man went to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsaga kimaruwani ne nomuwena Kename so ka.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The man that Kename went to the market with.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani can even do some things that are not possible in English:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sekyanu nai so tsai shi Kename.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Kename is a friend of mine and that person&#039;s.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsa shi kisekyanu nai so kai Kename.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;that person who Kename is a friend of me and&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Passive Voice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In passive constructions, the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (really the semantic agent) is preceded by the particle &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, whereas the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; (semantic patient) is optionally marked with &#039;&#039;ko&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maktaruwani Peteri ko niya.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Peter sent this.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maktaruwani niya i Peteri&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;This was sent by Peter.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Derivational Affixes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb Roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;mtu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;eat&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwa &amp;quot;eating (gerund)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwi &amp;quot;eating (active participle)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtukshi &amp;quot;eaten (passive participle)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtupi &amp;quot;able to be eaten, edible&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwabi “able to eat”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtusoi “liking/wanting to eat, hungry”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwena “place for food”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtusha “eating utensil”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtudu “start to eat”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtoiksa “bone-eater” from mmtu + o + iksa &amp;quot;bone&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*imtu “re-eat, eat again”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun Roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;saba&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;house&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*sabai “of a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabachi “house-like”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabanu “to be a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabaru “there is a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabayu “to make a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabantu “to become a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabaheyu “to give a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabena “place for a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabala “great house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabachwa “little house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabakwa “town”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabakwi “which is the house”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;egoya&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;wood&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*egoyadi “made of wood”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjective roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;kawi&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;big&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiya “big thing”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawinu “to be big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiyu “to make big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawintu “to become big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawika “bigness”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiksa “size”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiri “bigger”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawimi “biggest”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawishi “too big”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Markers==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Topic: o&lt;br /&gt;
*Agent (when normal word order is broken): i&lt;br /&gt;
*Patient: ko&lt;br /&gt;
*Instrument: chi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Chiruwani || tyo || saba || tsa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;watch-PERF&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;house&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;man.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The man watched from the house.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! saba || kichiruwani || tyo || ka || tsa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;house&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;that-watch-PERF&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;REL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;man.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The house that the man watched from.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Tleru || na || ko || yabiya || ele || deguwa || ko || kwaila.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;need&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;yellow-thing&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;for&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;draw&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I need something yellow to draw the sun.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Niru || na || ko || ktana || egoyadi || ele || ktakuwa || shalatsan || nai.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;want&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;spear&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;wood-made_of&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;for&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;kill-GER&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;enemy-PL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P-GEN&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I want a wooden spear to kill my enemies.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Kiyu || mo || la || ko || tyela?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;hear&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;2P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;water&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Do you hear water?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Higu || na || ko || menwa || kshi. || Agoguwachi || keshi || runwachwan.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;have&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;egg&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;hatch-POT&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;maybe&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;duck-DIMIN-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I have three eggs. Maybe ducklings will hatch.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tsani&amp;diff=33767</id>
		<title>Tsani</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tsani&amp;diff=33767"/>
		<updated>2008-07-01T17:12:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Other Constructions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is a conlang project that tvk has been working on since May 2007.  It is the daughter of an unnamed proto-language.  The vocabulary is a priori.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is designed to be strongly head-first.  The normal word order is VSO.  Role-marking particles and prepositions make the structure of a sentence clear, and free up word order for such things as passive constructions (which, in effect, simply switch word order to verb-patient-agent.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tvk designed Tsani as a personal language for journaling.  It is designed to reflect his personal aesthetic taste in languages and worldview.  It is also designed to be easy to learn and use, and to be easy to understand even out of context.  Methods of achieving the former criteria were inspired largely by [[Toki Pona]] and some natural creoles; the methods used to achieve the latter criterion were inspired by everything other than Toki Pona.  [[Japanese]] is also a major source of inspiration, and the creator has described his language as Japanese with backward syntax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vowels: &amp;lt;a e i o u&amp;gt; /a E i o u/&lt;br /&gt;
*Stops: &amp;amp;lt;p t k d b g ty ky kw&amp;gt; /p t k d b g t_j k_j k_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Nasals: &amp;lt;m n ng ny nw&amp;gt; /m n N n_j n_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Laterals/Flap: &amp;lt;l ly lw&amp;gt; /l l_j l_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Sibilants: &amp;amp;lt;s sh&amp;gt; /s S/&lt;br /&gt;
*Affricates: &amp;lt;ts ks ksh&amp;gt; /ts ks kS/&lt;br /&gt;
*Approximants: &amp;lt;h w y&amp;gt; /h w j/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*/E/ = [e] word-finally or before [4].&lt;br /&gt;
*/t p k d b g/ may be [t_h p_h k_h d_h b_h g_h] word-initially if not part of a cluster.&lt;br /&gt;
*/t_j/ = [tS] before /i/ or in the cluster &amp;lt;chw&amp;gt; = /tSw/&lt;br /&gt;
*/m n N/ = [m= n= N=] between consonants or word-initially if followed by a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
*/l/ = [4] before /u/ or /i/&lt;br /&gt;
*/tl/ = [tK]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For ease of reading by speakers of English and other European languages, the Romanization spells the realization [tS] as &amp;lt;ch&amp;gt; and [4] as &amp;lt;r&amp;gt;, even though these spelling changes are not reflected in the native script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is (C)(C)(s, l)V(n).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The -n coda may assimilate to the point of articulation of the following consonant, if there is one. Otherwise, it remains [n].  If the coda is followed by a vowel within the same word, an apostrophe is inserted between the -n and the vowel to indicate that they belong to separate syllables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the purposes of syllable structure, syllabic nasals may be considered vowels.  The only constraint is that such a syllable cannot have a coda or have a nasal as its onset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legal diphthongs are /ai au ei oi ui/. Of these, only ai is common. The others occur mostly as a result of derivation or in loanwords.  In cases where morphology would result in a sequence of vowels that does not form a diphthong, a glide /w/ or /j/ is inserted between them.  In cases where the first vowel is /a/, /e/, or /i/, the preferred glide is /j/; if the first vowel is /o/ or /u/, the glide is /w/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legal consonant clusters are &amp;lt;tk kt kp tl nt nk np ngk ngt ngp mp mt mk kts ktl chw&amp;gt;. These can all occur initially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ky, ly, y, ts, ks and s cannot occur before i.&lt;br /&gt;
kw, lw, chw and w cannot occur before u.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Stress===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress is on the syllable containing the penultimate mora. CV and V syllables are one mora, CVn syllables and diphthongs are two.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word order is [[VSO]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All words that have nominal syntactical function end in -a.  (The converse is not true, however.)  This makes nouns easy to identify.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a noun phrase, the order is head, adjectives, genitive(or relative clause).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A noun cannot usually be modified by a [[genitive]] and a [[relative clause]] simultaneously, as this would cause ambiguity as to whether the relative clause modified the genitive or the head noun.  In some contexts where the speaker&#039;s intention is clear, it is considered acceptable in informal speech, though never in formal speech or writing.  For example,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Ne || niya || tsaru || Amerikai || kiporu || ka || ko || mukowan || nai.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;this&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;person-exist&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;America-GEN&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;that-protect&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;REL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;cow-PL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P-GEN&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|} This is the American man who takes care of my cows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s clear that &amp;quot;takes care of my cows&amp;quot; can only modify &amp;quot;the man&amp;quot;, not &amp;quot;America.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modifiers can precede or follow the verb, or they can be placed at the end of the sentence and separated from it by the particle &#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[direct object]] of a sentence is preceded by the particle &#039;&#039;ko&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[genitive]] is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-i&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The [[plural]] is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The genitive plural is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-ni&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plural is not marked on the noun when the noun is modified by a numeral or &#039;&#039;adogi&#039;&#039;, which means &amp;quot;many, much.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The genitive has a wider range of uses than does the [[possessive]] in [[English]].  In general, its function is to allow a noun to function as an adjective and thus modify another noun.  Whereas the English possessive &#039;&#039;-&#039;s&#039;&#039; can typically only be paraphrased using the preposition &amp;quot;of&amp;quot;, the genitive in Tsani can paraphrase constructions with almost any preposition.  The exact relationship between the head noun and the genitive noun is determined by context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All verb roots end in &#039;&#039;-u&#039;&#039;.  Conjugated verbs do not, since the tense suffixes are derived from adjectives in the proto-language and hence end in &#039;&#039;-i&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani has three verb tenses: Imperfect, Perfect, and Potential. The Imperfect is unmarked; the Perfect is marked with the suffix &#039;&#039;-wani&#039;&#039; and the Potential is marked with the suffix &#039;&#039;-wachi&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The imperfect tense is used for actions which are happening in the present, occur habitually, are generally true, or have not been completed. The perfect tense is used for completed actions or events in the past. The potential is used for actions and events that have not yet occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs are negated by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;. This can be affixed before or after the tense ending, depending on where the speaker wants to put the emphasis.  Contrast:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;marunwani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maru-n-wani&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;go-NEG-PERF&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He didn&#039;t go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;maruwanin&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maru-wani-n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;go-PERF-NEG&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He didn&#039;t go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first example implies that the subject is not likely to complete the action in the future, while the second is &amp;quot;he didn&#039;t go, but still might later.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani makes use of serial verb constructions such as niru maru na for &amp;quot;I want to go&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The imperative is formed by preceding the sentence with &#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;. This is equivalent to &amp;quot;please&amp;quot;. In informal situations, or if the second person is of lower status, the Imperfect may be used. In formal situations, or when talking to superiors, the Potential must be used with imperatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ask for an object, &#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039; can be used before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes/no questions are formed by placing the particle &#039;&#039;mo&#039;&#039; directly after the part of the sentence in question.  The words for &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;lo&#039;&#039;, are used to express the speaker&#039;s agreement or disagreement with the statement in question, similar to &#039;&#039;hai&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;iie&#039;&#039; in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other questions are formed using the noun/adjective/verb triplet &#039;&#039;ma, mi, mu&#039;&#039;. These words act as a &amp;quot;filler&amp;quot; that is to be replaced by the person answering the question.  Word order is not altered for interrogatives.  Compare the following questions and answering statements:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani mo la ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Did you drink my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, sobuwani&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Yes, (I) drank (it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, sobuwanin&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, (I) didn&#039;t drink (it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la mo ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Did &#039;&#039;you&#039;&#039; drink my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, na&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Yes, I (drank it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, nanun&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, (it) wasn&#039;t I.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala nai mo?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Did you drink &#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039; milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, lai&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Yes, yours.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, lain&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, not yours.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani ma ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Who drank my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala lai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank your milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko ma?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala mai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Whose milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala lai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank your milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala mi?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What kind of milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala poni mukowai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank good milk from a cow.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala adogi mi?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;How much milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala adogin.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank a little bit of milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani mi la ko tyala?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;How (in what manner) did you drink the milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani hapi na ko tyala.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank the milk quickly.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Muwani la ko tyala?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What did you do with the milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko sa, la tsa kuki.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank it, you silly person.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pronouns are:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039;&#039; || (1p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;la&#039;&#039;&#039; || (2p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sa&#039;&#039;&#039; || (3p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;owa&#039;&#039;&#039; || (topic)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ka&#039;&#039;&#039; || (relative)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ma&#039;&#039;&#039; || (interrogative)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
These are entirely regular in their inflection. Forms of &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; can be created by compounding the pronouns: &#039;&#039;nala&#039;&#039; for dual &amp;quot;we&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;nasa&#039;&#039; for exclusive, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The common masculine and feminine endings &#039;&#039;ga&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;la&#039;&#039; can also be added to the third-person pronouns: &#039;&#039;saga&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &#039;&#039;sala&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;she&amp;quot;. However, this isn&#039;t normally used, since the Tsan people consider it rude to rely on someone&#039;s gender to make it clear whom you&#039;re talking about.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is pro-drop. Often one or more arguments of the verb are completely inferred. The default is usually 3PS (or 2PS for interrogatives in the perfect tense, or 1P dual for interrogatives in the imperfect) unless context suggests otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topic pronoun is used to refer to a topic which was previously marked with the particle &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;. This particle precedes the noun as well as any preposition or other particle that may be associated with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative pronoun is used inside relative clauses.  The antecedent of this pronoun is always the noun being modified by the relative clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other Constructions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative clauses are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;ki-&#039;&#039; to the verb and using the relative pronoun &#039;&#039;ka. &#039;&#039;Word order is not altered within the subclause.  &#039;&#039;Ka&#039;&#039; can be left out of the subclause if the verb is intransitive or the relative pronoun is the agent of the sentence with all other arguments explicit.  The relative clause must also modify the last argument of the independent clause in order for omission of the relative pronoun to be possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is an added complication - in the development from the proto-language to Tsani, medial stops were voiced, but medial glottalized stops were left unvoiced (and un-glottalized).  By contrast, initial glottalized stops were voiced and un-glottalized.  Because of this, prefixes in Tsani (at least ones that were productive during the transition period) cause a switch in voicing on initial stops.  Thus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p b &amp;gt; b p&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
t d &amp;gt; d t&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k g &amp;gt; g k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pemu na wa ne kalada.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;I sit in a tree.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;kalada kibemu na wa ne ka.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the tree that I sit in&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maru ne nomuwena i tsa.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The man goes to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsa kimaru ne nomuwena i ka.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the man who goes to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsa kimaru ne nomuwena.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the man who goes to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In passive constructions, the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (really the semantic agent) is preceded by the particle &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, whereas the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; (semantic patient) is optionally marked with &#039;&#039;ko&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maktaruwani Peteri ko niya.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Peter sent this.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maktaruwani niya i Peteri&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;This was sent by Peter.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Derivational Affixes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb Roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;mtu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;eat&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwa &amp;quot;eating (gerund)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwi &amp;quot;eating (active participle)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtukshi &amp;quot;eaten (passive participle)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtupi &amp;quot;able to be eaten, edible&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwabi “able to eat”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtusoi “liking/wanting to eat, hungry”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwena “place for food”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtusha “eating utensil”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtudu “start to eat”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtoiksa “bone-eater” from mmtu + o + iksa &amp;quot;bone&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*imtu “re-eat, eat again”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun Roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;saba&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;house&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*sabai “of a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabachi “house-like”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabanu “to be a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabaru “there is a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabayu “to make a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabantu “to become a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabaheyu “to give a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabena “place for a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabala “great house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabachwa “little house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabakwa “town”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabakwi “which is the house”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;egoya&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;wood&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*egoyadi “made of wood”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjective roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;kawi&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;big&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiya “big thing”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawinu “to be big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiyu “to make big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawintu “to become big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawika “bigness”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiksa “size”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiri “bigger”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawimi “biggest”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawishi “too big”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Markers==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Topic: o&lt;br /&gt;
*Agent (when normal word order is broken): i&lt;br /&gt;
*Patient: ko&lt;br /&gt;
*Instrument: chi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Chiruwani || tyo || saba || tsa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;watch-PERF&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;house&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;man.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The man watched from the house.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! saba || kichiruwani || tyo || ka || tsa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;house&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;that-watch-PERF&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;REL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;man.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The house that the man watched from.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Tleru || na || ko || yabiya || ele || deguwa || ko || kwaila.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;need&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;yellow-thing&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;for&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;draw&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I need something yellow to draw the sun.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Niru || na || ko || ktana || egoyadi || ele || ktakuwa || shalatsan || nai.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;want&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;spear&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;wood-made_of&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;for&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;kill-GER&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;enemy-PL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P-GEN&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I want a wooden spear to kill my enemies.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Kiyu || mo || la || ko || tyela?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;hear&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;2P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;water&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Do you hear water?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Higu || na || ko || menwa || kshi. || Agoguwachi || keshi || runwachwan.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;have&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;egg&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;hatch-POT&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;maybe&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;duck-DIMIN-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I have three eggs. Maybe ducklings will hatch.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tsani&amp;diff=33745</id>
		<title>Tsani</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tsani&amp;diff=33745"/>
		<updated>2008-07-01T15:12:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Other Constructions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is a conlang project that tvk has been working on since May 2007.  It is the daughter of an unnamed proto-language.  The vocabulary is a priori.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is designed to be strongly head-first.  The normal word order is VSO.  Role-marking particles and prepositions make the structure of a sentence clear, and free up word order for such things as passive constructions (which, in effect, simply switch word order to verb-patient-agent.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tvk designed Tsani as a personal language for journaling.  It is designed to reflect his personal aesthetic taste in languages and worldview.  It is also designed to be easy to learn and use, and to be easy to understand even out of context.  Methods of achieving the former criteria were inspired largely by [[Toki Pona]] and some natural creoles; the methods used to achieve the latter criterion were inspired by everything other than Toki Pona.  [[Japanese]] is also a major source of inspiration, and the creator has described his language as Japanese with backward syntax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vowels: &amp;lt;a e i o u&amp;gt; /a E i o u/&lt;br /&gt;
*Stops: &amp;amp;lt;p t k d b g ty ky kw&amp;gt; /p t k d b g t_j k_j k_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Nasals: &amp;lt;m n ng ny nw&amp;gt; /m n N n_j n_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Laterals/Flap: &amp;lt;l ly lw&amp;gt; /l l_j l_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Sibilants: &amp;amp;lt;s sh&amp;gt; /s S/&lt;br /&gt;
*Affricates: &amp;lt;ts ks ksh&amp;gt; /ts ks kS/&lt;br /&gt;
*Approximants: &amp;lt;h w y&amp;gt; /h w j/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*/E/ = [e] word-finally or before [4].&lt;br /&gt;
*/t p k d b g/ may be [t_h p_h k_h d_h b_h g_h] word-initially if not part of a cluster.&lt;br /&gt;
*/t_j/ = [tS] before /i/ or in the cluster &amp;lt;chw&amp;gt; = /tSw/&lt;br /&gt;
*/m n N/ = [m= n= N=] between consonants or word-initially if followed by a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
*/l/ = [4] before /u/ or /i/&lt;br /&gt;
*/tl/ = [tK]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For ease of reading by speakers of English and other European languages, the Romanization spells the realization [tS] as &amp;lt;ch&amp;gt; and [4] as &amp;lt;r&amp;gt;, even though these spelling changes are not reflected in the native script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is (C)(C)(s, l)V(n).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The -n coda may assimilate to the point of articulation of the following consonant, if there is one. Otherwise, it remains [n].  If the coda is followed by a vowel within the same word, an apostrophe is inserted between the -n and the vowel to indicate that they belong to separate syllables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the purposes of syllable structure, syllabic nasals may be considered vowels.  The only constraint is that such a syllable cannot have a coda or have a nasal as its onset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legal diphthongs are /ai au ei oi ui/. Of these, only ai is common. The others occur mostly as a result of derivation or in loanwords.  In cases where morphology would result in a sequence of vowels that does not form a diphthong, a glide /w/ or /j/ is inserted between them.  In cases where the first vowel is /a/, /e/, or /i/, the preferred glide is /j/; if the first vowel is /o/ or /u/, the glide is /w/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legal consonant clusters are &amp;lt;tk kt kp tl nt nk np ngk ngt ngp mp mt mk kts ktl chw&amp;gt;. These can all occur initially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ky, ly, y, ts, ks and s cannot occur before i.&lt;br /&gt;
kw, lw, chw and w cannot occur before u.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Stress===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress is on the syllable containing the penultimate mora. CV and V syllables are one mora, CVn syllables and diphthongs are two.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word order is [[VSO]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All words that have nominal syntactical function end in -a.  (The converse is not true, however.)  This makes nouns easy to identify.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a noun phrase, the order is head, adjectives, genitive(or relative clause).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A noun cannot usually be modified by a [[genitive]] and a [[relative clause]] simultaneously, as this would cause ambiguity as to whether the relative clause modified the genitive or the head noun.  In some contexts where the speaker&#039;s intention is clear, it is considered acceptable in informal speech, though never in formal speech or writing.  For example,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Ne || niya || tsaru || Amerikai || kiporu || ka || ko || mukowan || nai.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;this&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;person-exist&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;America-GEN&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;that-protect&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;REL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;cow-PL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P-GEN&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|} This is the American man who takes care of my cows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s clear that &amp;quot;takes care of my cows&amp;quot; can only modify &amp;quot;the man&amp;quot;, not &amp;quot;America.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modifiers can precede or follow the verb, or they can be placed at the end of the sentence and separated from it by the particle &#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[direct object]] of a sentence is preceded by the particle &#039;&#039;ko&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[genitive]] is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-i&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The [[plural]] is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The genitive plural is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-ni&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plural is not marked on the noun when the noun is modified by a numeral or &#039;&#039;adogi&#039;&#039;, which means &amp;quot;many, much.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The genitive has a wider range of uses than does the [[possessive]] in [[English]].  In general, its function is to allow a noun to function as an adjective and thus modify another noun.  Whereas the English possessive &#039;&#039;-&#039;s&#039;&#039; can typically only be paraphrased using the preposition &amp;quot;of&amp;quot;, the genitive in Tsani can paraphrase constructions with almost any preposition.  The exact relationship between the head noun and the genitive noun is determined by context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All verb roots end in &#039;&#039;-u&#039;&#039;.  Conjugated verbs do not, since the tense suffixes are derived from adjectives in the proto-language and hence end in &#039;&#039;-i&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani has three verb tenses: Imperfect, Perfect, and Potential. The Imperfect is unmarked; the Perfect is marked with the suffix &#039;&#039;-wani&#039;&#039; and the Potential is marked with the suffix &#039;&#039;-wachi&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The imperfect tense is used for actions which are happening in the present, occur habitually, are generally true, or have not been completed. The perfect tense is used for completed actions or events in the past. The potential is used for actions and events that have not yet occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs are negated by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;. This can be affixed before or after the tense ending, depending on where the speaker wants to put the emphasis.  Contrast:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;marunwani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maru-n-wani&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;go-NEG-PERF&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He didn&#039;t go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;maruwanin&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maru-wani-n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;go-PERF-NEG&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He didn&#039;t go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first example implies that the subject is not likely to complete the action in the future, while the second is &amp;quot;he didn&#039;t go, but still might later.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani makes use of serial verb constructions such as niru maru na for &amp;quot;I want to go&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The imperative is formed by preceding the sentence with &#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;. This is equivalent to &amp;quot;please&amp;quot;. In informal situations, or if the second person is of lower status, the Imperfect may be used. In formal situations, or when talking to superiors, the Potential must be used with imperatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ask for an object, &#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039; can be used before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes/no questions are formed by placing the particle &#039;&#039;mo&#039;&#039; directly after the part of the sentence in question.  The words for &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;lo&#039;&#039;, are used to express the speaker&#039;s agreement or disagreement with the statement in question, similar to &#039;&#039;hai&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;iie&#039;&#039; in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other questions are formed using the noun/adjective/verb triplet &#039;&#039;ma, mi, mu&#039;&#039;. These words act as a &amp;quot;filler&amp;quot; that is to be replaced by the person answering the question.  Word order is not altered for interrogatives.  Compare the following questions and answering statements:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani mo la ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Did you drink my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, sobuwani&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Yes, (I) drank (it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, sobuwanin&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, (I) didn&#039;t drink (it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la mo ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Did &#039;&#039;you&#039;&#039; drink my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, na&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Yes, I (drank it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, nanun&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, (it) wasn&#039;t I.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala nai mo?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Did you drink &#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039; milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, lai&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Yes, yours.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, lain&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, not yours.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani ma ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Who drank my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala lai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank your milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko ma?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala mai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Whose milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala lai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank your milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala mi?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What kind of milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala poni mukowai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank good milk from a cow.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala adogi mi?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;How much milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala adogin.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank a little bit of milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani mi la ko tyala?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;How (in what manner) did you drink the milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani hapi na ko tyala.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank the milk quickly.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Muwani la ko tyala?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What did you do with the milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko sa, la tsa kuki.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank it, you silly person.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pronouns are:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039;&#039; || (1p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;la&#039;&#039;&#039; || (2p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sa&#039;&#039;&#039; || (3p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;owa&#039;&#039;&#039; || (topic)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ka&#039;&#039;&#039; || (relative)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ma&#039;&#039;&#039; || (interrogative)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
These are entirely regular in their inflection. Forms of &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; can be created by compounding the pronouns: &#039;&#039;nala&#039;&#039; for dual &amp;quot;we&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;nasa&#039;&#039; for exclusive, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The common masculine and feminine endings &#039;&#039;ga&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;la&#039;&#039; can also be added to the third-person pronouns: &#039;&#039;saga&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &#039;&#039;sala&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;she&amp;quot;. However, this isn&#039;t normally used, since the Tsan people consider it rude to rely on someone&#039;s gender to make it clear whom you&#039;re talking about.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is pro-drop. Often one or more arguments of the verb are completely inferred. The default is usually 3PS (or 2PS for interrogatives in the perfect tense, or 1P dual for interrogatives in the imperfect) unless context suggests otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topic pronoun is used to refer to a topic which was previously marked with the particle &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;. This particle precedes the noun as well as any preposition or other particle that may be associated with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative pronoun is used inside relative clauses.  The antecedent of this pronoun is always the noun being modified by the relative clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other Constructions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative clauses are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;ki-&#039;&#039; to the verb and using the relative pronoun &#039;&#039;ka. &#039;&#039;Word order is not altered within the subclause.  &#039;&#039;Ka&#039;&#039; can be left out of the subclause if the verb is intransitive or the relative pronoun is the agent of the sentence with all other arguments explicit.  The relative clause must also modify the last argument of the independent clause in order for omission of the relative pronoun to be possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is an added complication - in the development from the proto-language to Tsani, medial stops were voiced, but medial glottalized stops were left unvoiced (and un-glottalized).  By contrast, initial glottalized stops were voiced and un-glottalized.  Because of this, prefixes in Tsani (at least ones that were productive during the transition period) cause a switch in voicing on initial stops.  Thus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p b &amp;gt; b p&lt;br /&gt;
t d &amp;gt; d t&lt;br /&gt;
k g &amp;gt; g k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pemu na wa ne kalada.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;I sit in a tree.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;kalada kibemu na wa ne ka.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the tree that I sit in&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maru ne nomuwena i tsa.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The man goes to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsa kimaru ne nomuwena i ka.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the man who goes to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsa kimaru ne nomuwena.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the man who goes to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In passive constructions, the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (really the semantic agent) is preceded by the particle &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, whereas the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; (semantic patient) is optionally marked with &#039;&#039;ko&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maktaruwani Peteri ko niya.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Peter sent this.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maktaruwani niya i Peteri&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;This was sent by Peter.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Derivational Affixes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb Roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;mtu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;eat&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwa &amp;quot;eating (gerund)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwi &amp;quot;eating (active participle)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtukshi &amp;quot;eaten (passive participle)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtupi &amp;quot;able to be eaten, edible&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwabi “able to eat”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtusoi “liking/wanting to eat, hungry”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwena “place for food”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtusha “eating utensil”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtudu “start to eat”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtoiksa “bone-eater” from mmtu + o + iksa &amp;quot;bone&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*imtu “re-eat, eat again”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun Roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;saba&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;house&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*sabai “of a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabachi “house-like”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabanu “to be a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabaru “there is a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabayu “to make a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabantu “to become a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabaheyu “to give a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabena “place for a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabala “great house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabachwa “little house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabakwa “town”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabakwi “which is the house”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;egoya&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;wood&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*egoyadi “made of wood”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjective roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;kawi&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;big&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiya “big thing”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawinu “to be big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiyu “to make big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawintu “to become big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawika “bigness”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiksa “size”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiri “bigger”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawimi “biggest”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawishi “too big”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Markers==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Topic: o&lt;br /&gt;
*Agent (when normal word order is broken): i&lt;br /&gt;
*Patient: ko&lt;br /&gt;
*Instrument: chi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Chiruwani || tyo || saba || tsa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;watch-PERF&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;house&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;man.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The man watched from the house.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! saba || kichiruwani || tyo || ka || tsa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;house&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;that-watch-PERF&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;REL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;man.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The house that the man watched from.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Tleru || na || ko || yabiya || ele || deguwa || ko || kwaila.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;need&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;yellow-thing&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;for&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;draw&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I need something yellow to draw the sun.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Niru || na || ko || ktana || egoyadi || ele || ktakuwa || shalatsan || nai.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;want&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;spear&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;wood-made_of&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;for&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;kill-GER&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;enemy-PL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P-GEN&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I want a wooden spear to kill my enemies.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Kiyu || mo || la || ko || tyela?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;hear&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;2P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;water&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Do you hear water?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Higu || na || ko || menwa || kshi. || Agoguwachi || keshi || runwachwan.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;have&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;egg&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;hatch-POT&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;maybe&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;duck-DIMIN-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I have three eggs. Maybe ducklings will hatch.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tsani&amp;diff=33718</id>
		<title>Tsani</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tsani&amp;diff=33718"/>
		<updated>2008-07-01T03:34:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Markers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is a conlang project that tvk has been working on since May 2007.  It is the daughter of an unnamed proto-language.  The vocabulary is a priori.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is designed to be strongly head-first.  The normal word order is VSO.  Role-marking particles and prepositions make the structure of a sentence clear, and free up word order for such things as passive constructions (which, in effect, simply switch word order to verb-patient-agent.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tvk designed Tsani as a personal language for journaling.  It is designed to reflect his personal aesthetic taste in languages and worldview.  It is also designed to be easy to learn and use, and to be easy to understand even out of context.  Methods of achieving the former criteria were inspired largely by [[Toki Pona]] and some natural creoles; the methods used to achieve the latter criterion were inspired by everything other than Toki Pona.  [[Japanese]] is also a major source of inspiration, and the creator has described his language as Japanese with backward syntax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vowels: &amp;lt;a e i o u&amp;gt; /a E i o u/&lt;br /&gt;
*Stops: &amp;amp;lt;p t k d b g ty ky kw&amp;gt; /p t k d b g t_j k_j k_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Nasals: &amp;lt;m n ng ny nw&amp;gt; /m n N n_j n_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Laterals/Flap: &amp;lt;l ly lw&amp;gt; /l l_j l_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Sibilants: &amp;amp;lt;s sh&amp;gt; /s S/&lt;br /&gt;
*Affricates: &amp;lt;ts ks ksh&amp;gt; /ts ks kS/&lt;br /&gt;
*Approximants: &amp;lt;h w y&amp;gt; /h w j/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*/E/ = [e] word-finally or before [4].&lt;br /&gt;
*/t p k d b g/ may be [t_h p_h k_h d_h b_h g_h] word-initially if not part of a cluster.&lt;br /&gt;
*/t_j/ = [tS] before /i/ or in the cluster &amp;lt;chw&amp;gt; = /tSw/&lt;br /&gt;
*/m n N/ = [m= n= N=] between consonants or word-initially if followed by a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
*/l/ = [4] before /u/ or /i/&lt;br /&gt;
*/tl/ = [tK]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For ease of reading by speakers of English and other European languages, the Romanization spells the realization [tS] as &amp;lt;ch&amp;gt; and [4] as &amp;lt;r&amp;gt;, even though these spelling changes are not reflected in the native script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is (C)(C)(s, l)V(n).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The -n coda may assimilate to the point of articulation of the following consonant, if there is one. Otherwise, it remains [n].  If the coda is followed by a vowel within the same word, an apostrophe is inserted between the -n and the vowel to indicate that they belong to separate syllables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the purposes of syllable structure, syllabic nasals may be considered vowels.  The only constraint is that such a syllable cannot have a coda or have a nasal as its onset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legal diphthongs are /ai au ei oi ui/. Of these, only ai is common. The others occur mostly as a result of derivation or in loanwords.  In cases where morphology would result in a sequence of vowels that does not form a diphthong, a glide /w/ or /j/ is inserted between them.  In cases where the first vowel is /a/, /e/, or /i/, the preferred glide is /j/; if the first vowel is /o/ or /u/, the glide is /w/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legal consonant clusters are &amp;lt;tk kt kp tl nt nk np ngk ngt ngp mp mt mk kts ktl chw&amp;gt;. These can all occur initially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ky, ly, y, ts, ks and s cannot occur before i.&lt;br /&gt;
kw, lw, chw and w cannot occur before u.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Stress===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress is on the syllable containing the penultimate mora. CV and V syllables are one mora, CVn syllables and diphthongs are two.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word order is [[VSO]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All words that have nominal syntactical function end in -a.  (The converse is not true, however.)  This makes nouns easy to identify.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a noun phrase, the order is head, adjectives, genitive(or relative clause).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A noun cannot usually be modified by a [[genitive]] and a [[relative clause]] simultaneously, as this would cause ambiguity as to whether the relative clause modified the genitive or the head noun.  In some contexts where the speaker&#039;s intention is clear, it is considered acceptable in informal speech, though never in formal speech or writing.  For example,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Ne || niya || tsaru || Amerikai || kiporu || ka || ko || mukowan || nai.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;this&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;person-exist&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;America-GEN&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;that-protect&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;REL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;cow-PL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P-GEN&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|} This is the American man who takes care of my cows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s clear that &amp;quot;takes care of my cows&amp;quot; can only modify &amp;quot;the man&amp;quot;, not &amp;quot;America.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modifiers can precede or follow the verb, or they can be placed at the end of the sentence and separated from it by the particle &#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[direct object]] of a sentence is preceded by the particle &#039;&#039;ko&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[genitive]] is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-i&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The [[plural]] is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The genitive plural is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-ni&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plural is not marked on the noun when the noun is modified by a numeral or &#039;&#039;adogi&#039;&#039;, which means &amp;quot;many, much.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The genitive has a wider range of uses than does the [[possessive]] in [[English]].  In general, its function is to allow a noun to function as an adjective and thus modify another noun.  Whereas the English possessive &#039;&#039;-&#039;s&#039;&#039; can typically only be paraphrased using the preposition &amp;quot;of&amp;quot;, the genitive in Tsani can paraphrase constructions with almost any preposition.  The exact relationship between the head noun and the genitive noun is determined by context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All verb roots end in &#039;&#039;-u&#039;&#039;.  Conjugated verbs do not, since the tense suffixes are derived from adjectives in the proto-language and hence end in &#039;&#039;-i&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani has three verb tenses: Imperfect, Perfect, and Potential. The Imperfect is unmarked; the Perfect is marked with the suffix &#039;&#039;-wani&#039;&#039; and the Potential is marked with the suffix &#039;&#039;-wachi&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The imperfect tense is used for actions which are happening in the present, occur habitually, are generally true, or have not been completed. The perfect tense is used for completed actions or events in the past. The potential is used for actions and events that have not yet occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs are negated by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;. This can be affixed before or after the tense ending, depending on where the speaker wants to put the emphasis.  Contrast:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;marunwani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maru-n-wani&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;go-NEG-PERF&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He didn&#039;t go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;maruwanin&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maru-wani-n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;go-PERF-NEG&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He didn&#039;t go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first example implies that the subject is not likely to complete the action in the future, while the second is &amp;quot;he didn&#039;t go, but still might later.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani makes use of serial verb constructions such as niru maru na for &amp;quot;I want to go&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The imperative is formed by preceding the sentence with &#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;. This is equivalent to &amp;quot;please&amp;quot;. In informal situations, or if the second person is of lower status, the Imperfect may be used. In formal situations, or when talking to superiors, the Potential must be used with imperatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ask for an object, &#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039; can be used before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes/no questions are formed by placing the particle &#039;&#039;mo&#039;&#039; directly after the part of the sentence in question.  The words for &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;lo&#039;&#039;, are used to express the speaker&#039;s agreement or disagreement with the statement in question, similar to &#039;&#039;hai&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;iie&#039;&#039; in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other questions are formed using the noun/adjective/verb triplet &#039;&#039;ma, mi, mu&#039;&#039;. These words act as a &amp;quot;filler&amp;quot; that is to be replaced by the person answering the question.  Word order is not altered for interrogatives.  Compare the following questions and answering statements:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani mo la ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Did you drink my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, sobuwani&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Yes, (I) drank (it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, sobuwanin&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, (I) didn&#039;t drink (it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la mo ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Did &#039;&#039;you&#039;&#039; drink my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, na&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Yes, I (drank it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, nanun&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, (it) wasn&#039;t I.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala nai mo?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Did you drink &#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039; milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, lai&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Yes, yours.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, lain&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, not yours.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani ma ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Who drank my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala lai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank your milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko ma?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala mai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Whose milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala lai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank your milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala mi?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What kind of milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala poni mukowai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank good milk from a cow.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala adogi mi?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;How much milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala adogin.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank a little bit of milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani mi la ko tyala?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;How (in what manner) did you drink the milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani hapi na ko tyala.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank the milk quickly.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Muwani la ko tyala?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What did you do with the milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko sa, la tsa kuki.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank it, you silly person.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pronouns are:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039;&#039; || (1p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;la&#039;&#039;&#039; || (2p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sa&#039;&#039;&#039; || (3p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;owa&#039;&#039;&#039; || (topic)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ka&#039;&#039;&#039; || (relative)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ma&#039;&#039;&#039; || (interrogative)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
These are entirely regular in their inflection. Forms of &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; can be created by compounding the pronouns: &#039;&#039;nala&#039;&#039; for dual &amp;quot;we&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;nasa&#039;&#039; for exclusive, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The common masculine and feminine endings &#039;&#039;ga&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;la&#039;&#039; can also be added to the third-person pronouns: &#039;&#039;saga&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &#039;&#039;sala&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;she&amp;quot;. However, this isn&#039;t normally used, since the Tsan people consider it rude to rely on someone&#039;s gender to make it clear whom you&#039;re talking about.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is pro-drop. Often one or more arguments of the verb are completely inferred. The default is usually 3PS (or 2PS for interrogatives in the perfect tense, or 1P dual for interrogatives in the imperfect) unless context suggests otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topic pronoun is used to refer to a topic which was previously marked with the particle &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;. This particle precedes the noun as well as any preposition or other particle that may be associated with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative pronoun is used inside relative clauses.  The antecedent of this pronoun is always the noun being modified by the relative clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other Constructions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative clauses are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;ki-&#039;&#039; to the verb and using the relative pronoun &#039;&#039;ka. &#039;&#039;Word order is not altered within the subclause.  &#039;&#039;Ka&#039;&#039; can be left out of the subclause if the verb is intransitive or the relative pronoun is the agent of the sentence with all other arguments explicit.  The relative clause must also modify the last argument of the independent clause in order for omission of the relative pronoun to be possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pemu na wa ne kalata.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;I sit in a tree.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;kalata kipemu na wa ne ka.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the tree that I sit in&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maru ne nomuwena i tsa.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The man goes to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsa kimaru ne nomuwena i ka.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the man who goes to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsa kimaru ne nomuwena.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the man who goes to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In passive constructions, the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (really the semantic agent) is preceded by the particle &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, whereas the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; (semantic patient) is optionally marked with &#039;&#039;ko&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maktaruwani Peteri ko niya.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Peter sent this.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maktaruwani niya i Peteri&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;This was sent by Peter.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Derivational Affixes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb Roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;mtu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;eat&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwa &amp;quot;eating (gerund)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwi &amp;quot;eating (active participle)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtukshi &amp;quot;eaten (passive participle)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtupi &amp;quot;able to be eaten, edible&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwabi “able to eat”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtusoi “liking/wanting to eat, hungry”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwena “place for food”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtusha “eating utensil”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtudu “start to eat”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtoiksa “bone-eater” from mmtu + o + iksa &amp;quot;bone&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*imtu “re-eat, eat again”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun Roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;saba&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;house&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*sabai “of a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabachi “house-like”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabanu “to be a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabaru “there is a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabayu “to make a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabantu “to become a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabaheyu “to give a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabena “place for a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabala “great house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabachwa “little house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabakwa “town”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabakwi “which is the house”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;egoya&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;wood&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*egoyadi “made of wood”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjective roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;kawi&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;big&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiya “big thing”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawinu “to be big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiyu “to make big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawintu “to become big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawika “bigness”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiksa “size”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiri “bigger”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawimi “biggest”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawishi “too big”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Markers==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Topic: o&lt;br /&gt;
*Agent (when normal word order is broken): i&lt;br /&gt;
*Patient: ko&lt;br /&gt;
*Instrument: chi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Chiruwani || tyo || saba || tsa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;watch-PERF&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;house&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;man.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The man watched from the house.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! saba || kichiruwani || tyo || ka || tsa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;house&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;that-watch-PERF&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;REL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;man.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The house that the man watched from.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Tleru || na || ko || yabiya || ele || deguwa || ko || kwaila.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;need&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;yellow-thing&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;for&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;draw&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I need something yellow to draw the sun.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Niru || na || ko || ktana || egoyadi || ele || ktakuwa || shalatsan || nai.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;want&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;spear&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;wood-made_of&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;for&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;kill-GER&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;enemy-PL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P-GEN&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I want a wooden spear to kill my enemies.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Kiyu || mo || la || ko || tyela?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;hear&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;2P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;water&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Do you hear water?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Higu || na || ko || menwa || kshi. || Agoguwachi || keshi || runwachwan.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;have&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;egg&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;hatch-POT&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;maybe&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;duck-DIMIN-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I have three eggs. Maybe ducklings will hatch.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tsani&amp;diff=33519</id>
		<title>Tsani</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tsani&amp;diff=33519"/>
		<updated>2008-06-28T07:34:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tvk: /* Other Constructions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is a conlang project that tvk has been working on since May 2007.  It is the daughter of an unnamed proto-language.  The vocabulary is a priori.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is designed to be strongly head-first.  The normal word order is VSO.  Role-marking particles and prepositions make the structure of a sentence clear, and free up word order for such things as passive constructions (which, in effect, simply switch word order to verb-patient-agent.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tvk designed Tsani as a personal language for journaling.  It is designed to reflect his personal aesthetic taste in languages and worldview.  It is also designed to be easy to learn and use, and to be easy to understand even out of context.  Methods of achieving the former criteria were inspired largely by [[Toki Pona]] and some natural creoles; the methods used to achieve the latter criterion were inspired by everything other than Toki Pona.  [[Japanese]] is also a major source of inspiration, and the creator has described his language as Japanese with backward syntax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phoneme Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vowels: &amp;lt;a e i o u&amp;gt; /a E i o u/&lt;br /&gt;
*Stops: &amp;amp;lt;p t k d b g ty ky kw&amp;gt; /p t k d b g t_j k_j k_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Nasals: &amp;lt;m n ng ny nw&amp;gt; /m n N n_j n_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Laterals/Flap: &amp;lt;l ly lw&amp;gt; /l l_j l_w/&lt;br /&gt;
*Sibilants: &amp;amp;lt;s sh&amp;gt; /s S/&lt;br /&gt;
*Affricates: &amp;lt;ts ks ksh&amp;gt; /ts ks kS/&lt;br /&gt;
*Approximants: &amp;lt;h w y&amp;gt; /h w j/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allophony===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*/E/ = [e] word-finally or before [4].&lt;br /&gt;
*/t p k d b g/ may be [t_h p_h k_h d_h b_h g_h] word-initially if not part of a cluster.&lt;br /&gt;
*/t_j/ = [tS] before /i/ or in the cluster &amp;lt;chw&amp;gt; = /tSw/&lt;br /&gt;
*/m n N/ = [m= n= N=] between consonants or word-initially if followed by a consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
*/l/ = [4] before /u/ or /i/&lt;br /&gt;
*/tl/ = [tK]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For ease of reading by speakers of English and other European languages, the Romanization spells the realization [tS] as &amp;lt;ch&amp;gt; and [4] as &amp;lt;r&amp;gt;, even though these spelling changes are not reflected in the native script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure is (C)(C)(s, l)V(n).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The -n coda may assimilate to the point of articulation of the following consonant, if there is one. Otherwise, it remains [n].  If the coda is followed by a vowel within the same word, an apostrophe is inserted between the -n and the vowel to indicate that they belong to separate syllables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the purposes of syllable structure, syllabic nasals may be considered vowels.  The only constraint is that such a syllable cannot have a coda or have a nasal as its onset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legal diphthongs are /ai au ei oi ui/. Of these, only ai is common. The others occur mostly as a result of derivation or in loanwords.  In cases where morphology would result in a sequence of vowels that does not form a diphthong, a glide /w/ or /j/ is inserted between them.  In cases where the first vowel is /a/, /e/, or /i/, the preferred glide is /j/; if the first vowel is /o/ or /u/, the glide is /w/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legal consonant clusters are &amp;lt;tk kt kp tl nt nk np ngk ngt ngp mp mt mk kts ktl chw&amp;gt;. These can all occur initially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ky, ly, y, ts, ks and s cannot occur before i.&lt;br /&gt;
kw, lw, chw and w cannot occur before u.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Stress===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress is on the syllable containing the penultimate mora. CV and V syllables are one mora, CVn syllables and diphthongs are two.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax and Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word order is [[VSO]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nominal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All words that have nominal syntactical function end in -a.  (The converse is not true, however.)  This makes nouns easy to identify.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a noun phrase, the order is head, adjectives, genitive(or relative clause).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A noun cannot usually be modified by a [[genitive]] and a [[relative clause]] simultaneously, as this would cause ambiguity as to whether the relative clause modified the genitive or the head noun.  In some contexts where the speaker&#039;s intention is clear, it is considered acceptable in informal speech, though never in formal speech or writing.  For example,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Ne || niya || tsaru || Amerikai || kiporu || ka || ko || mukowan || nai.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;this&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;person-exist&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;America-GEN&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;that-protect&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;REL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;cow-PL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P-GEN&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|} This is the American man who takes care of my cows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s clear that &amp;quot;takes care of my cows&amp;quot; can only modify &amp;quot;the man&amp;quot;, not &amp;quot;America.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modifiers can precede or follow the verb, or they can be placed at the end of the sentence and separated from it by the particle &#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[direct object]] of a sentence is preceded by the particle &#039;&#039;ko&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[genitive]] is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-i&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The [[plural]] is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The genitive plural is formed with the ending &#039;&#039;-ni&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plural is not marked on the noun when the noun is modified by a numeral or &#039;&#039;adogi&#039;&#039;, which means &amp;quot;many, much.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The genitive has a wider range of uses than does the [[possessive]] in [[English]].  In general, its function is to allow a noun to function as an adjective and thus modify another noun.  Whereas the English possessive &#039;&#039;-&#039;s&#039;&#039; can typically only be paraphrased using the preposition &amp;quot;of&amp;quot;, the genitive in Tsani can paraphrase constructions with almost any preposition.  The exact relationship between the head noun and the genitive noun is determined by context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All verb roots end in &#039;&#039;-u&#039;&#039;.  Conjugated verbs do not, since the tense suffixes are derived from adjectives in the proto-language and hence end in &#039;&#039;-i&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani has three verb tenses: Imperfect, Perfect, and Potential. The Imperfect is unmarked; the Perfect is marked with the suffix &#039;&#039;-wani&#039;&#039; and the Potential is marked with the suffix &#039;&#039;-wachi&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The imperfect tense is used for actions which are happening in the present, occur habitually, are generally true, or have not been completed. The perfect tense is used for completed actions or events in the past. The potential is used for actions and events that have not yet occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs are negated by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;. This can be affixed before or after the tense ending, depending on where the speaker wants to put the emphasis.  Contrast:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;marunwani&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maru-n-wani&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;go-NEG-PERF&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He didn&#039;t go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;maruwanin&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maru-wani-n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;go-PERF-NEG&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He didn&#039;t go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first example implies that the subject is not likely to complete the action in the future, while the second is &amp;quot;he didn&#039;t go, but still might later.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani makes use of serial verb constructions such as niru maru na for &amp;quot;I want to go&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The imperative is formed by preceding the sentence with &#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;. This is equivalent to &amp;quot;please&amp;quot;. In informal situations, or if the second person is of lower status, the Imperfect may be used. In formal situations, or when talking to superiors, the Potential must be used with imperatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ask for an object, &#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039; can be used before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes/no questions are formed by placing the particle &#039;&#039;mo&#039;&#039; directly after the part of the sentence in question.  The words for &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;lo&#039;&#039;, are used to express the speaker&#039;s agreement or disagreement with the statement in question, similar to &#039;&#039;hai&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;iie&#039;&#039; in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other questions are formed using the noun/adjective/verb triplet &#039;&#039;ma, mi, mu&#039;&#039;. These words act as a &amp;quot;filler&amp;quot; that is to be replaced by the person answering the question.  Word order is not altered for interrogatives.  Compare the following questions and answering statements:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani mo la ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Did you drink my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, sobuwani&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Yes, (I) drank (it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, sobuwanin&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, (I) didn&#039;t drink (it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la mo ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Did &#039;&#039;you&#039;&#039; drink my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, na&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Yes, I (drank it).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, nanun&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, (it) wasn&#039;t I.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala nai mo?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Did you drink &#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039; milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aya, lai&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Yes, yours.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR &#039;&#039;&#039;Lo, lain&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;No, not yours.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani ma ko tyala nai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Who drank my milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala lai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank your milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko ma?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala mai?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Whose milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala lai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank your milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala mi?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What kind of milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala poni mukowai.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank good milk from a cow.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani la ko tyala adogi mi?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;How much milk did you drink?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko tyala adogin.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank a little bit of milk.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani mi la ko tyala?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;How (in what manner) did you drink the milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani hapi na ko tyala.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank the milk quickly.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Muwani la ko tyala?&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;What did you do with the milk?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sobuwani na ko sa, la tsa kuki.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;I drank it, you silly person.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pronouns are:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039;&#039; || (1p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;la&#039;&#039;&#039; || (2p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sa&#039;&#039;&#039; || (3p)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;owa&#039;&#039;&#039; || (topic)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ka&#039;&#039;&#039; || (relative)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ma&#039;&#039;&#039; || (interrogative)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
These are entirely regular in their inflection. Forms of &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; can be created by compounding the pronouns: &#039;&#039;nala&#039;&#039; for dual &amp;quot;we&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;nasa&#039;&#039; for exclusive, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The common masculine and feminine endings &#039;&#039;ga&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;la&#039;&#039; can also be added to the third-person pronouns: &#039;&#039;saga&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; and &#039;&#039;sala&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;she&amp;quot;. However, this isn&#039;t normally used, since the Tsan people consider it rude to rely on someone&#039;s gender to make it clear whom you&#039;re talking about.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tsani is pro-drop. Often one or more arguments of the verb are completely inferred. The default is usually 3PS (or 2PS for interrogatives in the perfect tense, or 1P dual for interrogatives in the imperfect) unless context suggests otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topic pronoun is used to refer to a topic which was previously marked with the particle &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;. This particle precedes the noun as well as any preposition or other particle that may be associated with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative pronoun is used inside relative clauses.  The antecedent of this pronoun is always the noun being modified by the relative clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other Constructions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative clauses are formed by prefixing &#039;&#039;ki-&#039;&#039; to the verb and using the relative pronoun &#039;&#039;ka. &#039;&#039;Word order is not altered within the subclause.  &#039;&#039;Ka&#039;&#039; can be left out of the subclause if the verb is intransitive or the relative pronoun is the agent of the sentence with all other arguments explicit.  The relative clause must also modify the last argument of the independent clause in order for omission of the relative pronoun to be possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pemu na wa ne kalata.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;I sit in a tree.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;kalata kipemu na wa ne ka.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the tree that I sit in&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maru ne nomuwena i tsa.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;The man goes to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsa kimaru ne nomuwena i ka.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the man who goes to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tsa kimaru ne nomuwena.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;the man who goes to the market.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In passive constructions, the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (really the semantic agent) is preceded by the particle &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, whereas the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; (semantic patient) is optionally marked with &#039;&#039;ko&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maktaruwani Peteri ko niya.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;Peter sent this.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maktaruwani niya i Peteri&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;This was sent by Peter.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Derivational Affixes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb Roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;mtu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;eat&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwa &amp;quot;eating (gerund)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwi &amp;quot;eating (active participle)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtukshi &amp;quot;eaten (passive participle)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtupi &amp;quot;able to be eaten, edible&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwabi “able to eat”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtusoi “liking/wanting to eat, hungry”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtuwena “place for food”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtusha “eating utensil”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtudu “start to eat”&lt;br /&gt;
*mtoiksa “bone-eater” from mmtu + o + iksa &amp;quot;bone&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*imtu “re-eat, eat again”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun Roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;saba&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;house&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*sabai “of a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabachi “house-like”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabanu “to be a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabaru “there is a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabayu “to make a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabantu “to become a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabaheyu “to give a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabena “place for a house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabala “great house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabachwa “little house”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabakwa “town”&lt;br /&gt;
*sabakwi “which is the house”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;egoya&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;wood&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*egoyadi “made of wood”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjective roots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;kawi&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;big&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiya “big thing”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawinu “to be big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiyu “to make big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawintu “to become big”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawika “bigness”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiksa “size”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawiri “bigger”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawimi “biggest”&lt;br /&gt;
*kawishi “too big”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Markers==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Topic: o&lt;br /&gt;
*Agent: ko&lt;br /&gt;
*Patient (when normal word order is broken): i&lt;br /&gt;
*Instrument: chi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Sentences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Chiruwani || tyo || saba || tsa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;watch-PERF&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;house&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;man.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The man watched from the house.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! saba || kichiruwani || tyo || ka || tsa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;house&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;that-watch-PERF&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;REL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;man.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The house that the man watched from.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Tleru || na || ko || yabiya || ele || deguwa || ko || kwaila.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;need&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;yellow-thing&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;for&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;draw&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I need something yellow to draw the sun.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Niru || na || ko || ktana || egoyadi || ele || ktakuwa || shalatsan || nai.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;want&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;spear&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;wood-made_of&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;for&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;kill-GER&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;enemy-PL&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P-GEN&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I want a wooden spear to kill my enemies.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Kiyu || mo || la || ko || tyela?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;hear&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;2P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;water&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Do you hear water?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Higu || na || ko || menwa || kshi. || Agoguwachi || keshi || runwachwan.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;have&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;1P&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;ACC&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;egg&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;hatch-POT&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;maybe&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;duck-DIMIN-PL&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I have three eggs. Maybe ducklings will hatch.&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tvk</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>